MWD Maint Comp.

g GE Power Systems
Maintenance Manual
Tensor MWD
Part Number 981002
Version 3.00 July, 2003
SERIAL NUMBER:
Client Company:
THIS MANUAL CONTAINS PROPRIETARY

INFORMATION THAT MAY NOT BE
DISCLOSED TO OTHERS, REPRODUCED
OR USED WITHOUT WRITTEN
AUTHORITY FROM
GE POWER SYSTEMS
1840 ROYSTON LANE
ROUND ROCK, TEXAS 78664
This document is an unpublished work. Copyright 1994, 2003 (Revised) GE Power Systems. All rights reserved. “This
document and all information and expression contained herein are the property of GE Power Systems and is provided to
the recipient in confidence on a ‘need to know’ basis. Your use of this document is strictly limited to a legitimate
business purpose requiring the information contained herein. Your use of this document constitutes acceptance of
these terms.”
g GE Power Systems
This document is an unpublished work. Copyright 1994, 2003 (Revised) GE Power Systems. All rights reserved. “This
document and all information and expression contained herein are the property of GE Power Systems and is provided to
the recipient in confidence on a ‘need to know’ basis. Your use of this document is strictly limited to a legitimate
business purpose requiring the information contained herein. Your use of this document constitutes acceptance of
these terms.”
g GE Power Systems
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 01 Notes on Assembly

a. Notes on Assembly Procedures
b. O–Ring List
Section 02 Theory of Operations
Section 03 981133 Pulser Oil-Filled Assembly EFS

a. MP-981133 Manufacturing Procedure
b. SOP-2024 Functional Test
c. Pulser Oil-fill Fixture Color Diagram
d. 981133-02 Rev A Assembly Drawing
e. 981133 BOM (Bill of Materials)
Section 04 981600 Battery Pack Assembly

a. Battery Maintenance
b. 981675 BOM (Bill of Materials)
c. 981600-04 Rev F Assembly Drawing
Section 05 Directional Module Assembly

a. Maintenance
b. Disassembly, Inspection, Reassembly
c. Troubleshooting Sheet
d. Ring Out Sheets
e. qW32 Server qTalk Procedures
f. qProg/11 System Utilities
g. MWDRoll32 System Utility
h. 981900-02 Rev A Assembly Drawing
i. 981900 BOM (Bill of Materials)
j. 981910-02 Rev A Assembly Drawing
k. 981910 BOM (Bill of Materials)
l. 981902 BOM (Bill of Materials)
m. 981903 BOM (Bill of Materials)
g GE Power Systems
Section 06 Centralizers
a. 981500-02 Rev F Assembly Drawing
c. 981748 Assembly Drawing
d. 981748 BOM (Bill of Materials)
e. 981755 Rev B Assembly Drawing
f. 981755 BOM (Bill of Materials)
g. 981758 Rev B Assembly Drawing
h. 981758 BOM (Bill of Materials)
Section 07 Spearpoint – 981925

a. 981925-02 Rev A Assembly Drawing
Section 08 MWD Pulser Setup and Tool Parameters

a. MWD Pulser Setup and Tool Parameters
b. Poppet / Orifice Table
c. MWD Surface Gear Setup (Diagram)
d. Depth Tracking Sensor Hookup (4 Diagrams)
e. SY-100521-01 Surface System Cabling Diagram
f. SY-100522-01 Cabling Diagram w/Depth Tracking
Section 09 Gamma Module – 981950

a. Gamma Module Assembly Procedures
b. Technical Notice #78: Flexible Dynamic Sleeve Maintenance
c. 981950-02 Rev X3 Assembly Drawing
d. 981950 BOM (Bill of Materials)
g GE Power Systems
Section 10 Cables
a. MWD System Cable Pin-Outs
b. 384022-03 Rev A Assembly Drawing
c. 384022 BOM (Bill of Materials)
d. 384023-03 Rev A Assembly Drawing
e. 384023 BOM (Bill of Materials)
f. 384024-03 Rev A Assembly Drawing
g. 384024 BOM (Bill of Materials)
h. 384025-03 Rev A Assembly Drawing
i. 384025 BOM (Bill of Materials)
l. 384037-01 Rev A Assembly Drawing
m. 384037 BOM (Bill of Materials)
Section 11 Mule Shoe and Landing Subs

a. 981224 Rev A Assembly Drawing
b. 981225 Rev B Assembly Drawing
c. 981226 Rev A Assembly Drawing
d. 981827-01 Rev B Assembly Drawing
e. 981830 Assembly Drawing
f. 981830 BOM (Bill of Materials)
g. 981833 Assembly Drawing
h. 981833 BOM (Bill of Materials)
i. 981963 Rev B Assembly Drawing
Section 12 Technical Notices

g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

Round Rock, Texas 78664
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
MWD Maintenance Manual
Section 1
Notes on Assembly Procedures
Notes on Assembly Procedures
O-Ring List
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
NOTES ON ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

• All O-rings must be made of Viton, 70 – 90 durometer [Shore A].
Other, softer elastomers, such as Neoprene will deteriorate rapidly,
swell, and extrude under extreme pressures and temperatures.
• Extreme care should be taken when installing O-rings, to avoid
over-stretching and cutting. Use only wooden or plastic O-ring picks
to guide the O-rings over surfaces when installing or removing
O-rings. Metal picks can scratch the sealing surfaces of the O-ring
grooves.
• Use extreme caution when applying Loctite 242, or similar thread
locking compounds. Avoid applying liberal amounts on small threaded
areas around electrical contacts. Doing so may cause shorting
problems. It is advisable to apply an adequate amount of Loctite to a
piece of paper, allow it to dry to a paste and then apply it with a
wooden stick.
• GE Power Systems authorizes only approved GE Silicon SF96-100
(P/N 981253) for use in the oil-fill section of the pulser. Silicon oil is a
dimethylpolysiloxane, or a clear (water-white) silicone liquid with a
viscosity of 100 centistokes.
This silicone oil was chosen for three reasons:
1. The stable viscosity characteristics at higher
temperatures are better-suited for the use than
hydrocarbon oils.
2. The clear (water-white) color allows
contaminants to be more easily detected.
3. Silicone oil is environmentally safe to handle
and is disposable by normal means. Refer to
MSDS sheets.
g GE Power Systems
• All silicone oil extracted from a used pulser should

be discarded. Silicone oil is an expendable spare
part by design and should not be salvaged for
reuse. This will prevent potential failures from
impurities and oil that may have gone out of spec
due to extreme temperature conditions.
• Silicone oil is flammable. Refer to MSDS sheets.
• GE Power Systems only recommends 0.025” to
0.030” diameter, annealed stainless steel lock wire
for use in attaching and sealing the compensation
membrane and the bellows. The lock wire (tie-wire)
is an expendable spare part and not designed for
reuse.
• GE Power Systems does not recommend reusing
elastomers for module rebuild after the Tensor
MWD tool has been exposed to the downhole
environment.
• GE Power Systems recommends lubricating all
threaded parts and O-rings with a light coat of Dow
Corning Compound 4. This compound is
compatible with drilling fluids and temperatures to
400°F (204°C).
• Apply Loctite 242 (dried to a paste) and
hand-tighten all screws with the proper screwdriver.
• All pressure barrels and housings should be
torqued using Petol Gearench or Parmalee
wrenches fitted with 1 7/8” jaws. Torque to a range
of 65 to 100 ft-lbs. It is advised to use Loctite 242
on the two threaded connections below the screen
housing of the pulser.
• Refer to the Tech Bulletins.
g GE Power Systems
Part
Number O-rings, AS-###
981520 O-ring, AS-003, Viton, 75D
981093 O-ring, AS-006, Viton
981551 O-ring, AS-009, Viton, 70D

981010 O-ring, AS-110, Viton, 75A
981747 O-ring, AS-113, Viton, 70D

381580 O-ring, AS-126, Viton, 70D
981007 O-ring, AS-127, Viton, 70D

981969 O-ring, AS-128, Viton, 70D
981072 O-ring, AS-136, Viton,

381611 O-ring, AS-220, Viton, 70D


981170 Standard Polypak Seal
981171 Wiper
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 2
Tensor MWD Theory of Operations
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
TENSOR MWD THEORY OF OPERATIONS
DOWNHOLE SENSOR/PROCESSOR MODULE:

GE Power Systems Tensor MWD Directional Modules are modular assemblies
used in downhole drilling applications where minimal power supply is available
while providing accurate and stable survey measurements. The assembly
contains a Single Port MPU, Triple Power Supply and a Digital Orientation
Module. The Single Port MPU is a modular micro-controller assembly based on
the Motorola MC68HC11 microprocessor implementing GE Power Systems’
qMIX™ communications protocol (qMIX/11™). The Triple Power Supply provides
regulated power for the complete assembly.
Designed for the demands of the oil and gas drilling environments, the Digital
orientation Module contains three axes of accelerometers and three axes of
magnetometers. Calibration data is provided with each unit.
Configurations are available with a downhole Recorder board and maximum

operating temperatures to 150°C or 175°C.
The electrical input voltage is 18 – 32 VDC, with an input power of <3-Watts

peak, and a serial peripheral interface (SPI) with a 12-bit A/D resolution. The
mechanical dimensions are 1.40” diameter by 55.61” in length. The module is
designed to fit inside a 1.50” O.D. pressure housing, designed to withstand
20 Klbs. The system uses 21-pin and 15-pin MDM connectors and connects with
the patented Snubber Shock assembly and Sensor End assembly.
The system is designed to withstand 1000g 0.5 msec, ½ sine shock on all axes.
It can withstand vibrations of 5-20 Hz, 1” (double amplitude) and 20-200 Hz,
30 grms on all axes. The system is designed with two available operating
temperature ranges: a) –55°C to +150°C, or –55°C to +175°C.
The calibrated pointing accuracy is ±0.10°, 3 sigma for the inclination

measurement (up or down) and ±0.25°, 3 sigma for the azimuth measurement
(left/right).
g GE Power Systems
Refer to the qProg/11 section of the Maintenance manual or the Operations

manual for the methods of programming the downhole and uphole processors
with the latest firmware.
ELECTRICAL POWER:
Electrical power is supplied to the downhole probe via the lithium thionyl chloride
battery packs or the regulator controlled, turbine driven, alternator with battery
back up. The Tensor MWD probe draws power from one battery pack. It can
also switch to an additional battery pack when the first pack is drawn below
operating capacity. Drilling exercises requiring extended battery life (>200 hours)
can configure the system to use a stacked battery arrangement. The use of the
Gamma Ray detection module will require tandem batteries to extend power life
beyond 150 hours. The tool design only limits module arrangement to the
requirement that the pulser in the Tensor MWD always be on tool’s downhole
end.
The batteries may be alkaline or lithium thionyl chloride. Alkaline packs are
limited to 120° Celsius and use seventeen D-size cells. Lithium packs are rated
for 150° Celsius and 175° Celsius and use eight double-D size (DD) cells. It is
estimated that a single alkaline battery pack will operate the downhole probe for
about 100 hours, while a single lithium battery pack can last over 200 hours.
Battery pack life is totally dependant upon the pulse length, the tool configuration
(modules used) and operational modes used.
g GE Power Systems
PULSER:
The pulser consists of an oil filled pulser section and an electronic Pulser Driver.
OIL-FILLED SECTION:
The pulser oil filled section contains the solenoid module, which is
comprised of two individual solenoids; the pull-in solenoid and the holding
solenoid. When energized, the pull-in solenoid retracts a plunger that is
connected, by an assembly of rods and shafts, to the servo-poppet. The
holding solenoid energizes simultaneously as the pull-in solenoid retracts
the assembly back. The pull-in solenoid requires the largest energy
charge supplied by the capacitors in the driver, but only for
80 milliseconds. Energy is then discharged continuously to the holding
solenoid for the remainder of the pulse length. To sustain this position the
holding solenoid requires a minimal amount of current. The cessation of
current to the holding solenoid then releases the clapper that was being
held by the magnetic forces created by the holding solenoid. This
completes the pulse cycle required for data transmission. The
servo-poppet and shafts are held in the "up", or open, position by the
force applied to the Holding Coil. While energized, a clapper maintains
contact to the non-magnetic front face of the Holding Coil. The retractions
of the servo-poppet initiate mud flow through the servo-orifice and into the
pulser plenum below. This maneuver and resulting mudflow redirection
creates the mud pulse, by inserting and retracting the signal poppet in the
main orifice of the muleshoe.
DRIVER SECTION:
The Driver contains the controller boards and EFS (electronic flow switch)
and a capacitor bank. The controller boards contain the timing/switching
circuitry and the EFS. The capacitor bank stores the power necessary to
activate the solenoids to create the pulse activation sequence. The power
to the capacitor bank is supplied by the battery packs or the
turbine/alternator modules and is controlled by the microprocessor in the
directional module.
g GE Power Systems
PULSER OPERATION OVERVIEW:
Therefore, when data is prepared for transmission, and the directional module
receives confirmation from the EFS that flow has been initiated, the pulse
sequence begins. The MPU in the directional module transmits a pulse
command to the driver circuitry. The capacitors then discharge power to the
solenoid assembly. The pull-in solenoid retracts the plunger and engages the
clapper into the magnetic field of the holding solenoid. The plunger is connected
to the servo-poppet via the spring shaft assembly. Retracting the plunger opens
the servo orifice, which allows the drilling fluid to flow through the screen housing
and into the spring housing via the servo orifice. The opening of the servo orifice
and resultant flow reduces the differential pressure between the annulus of the
drill collar and the pulser plenum. The differential pressure reduction allows the
main spring to force the signal poppet into the signal orifice. The signal poppet
restricts the fluid flow, which causes an increase in the standpipe pressure, and
results in a signal pulse, detectable at the surface.
FLOW SENSOR:
The flow sensor used on the Tensor MWD system is located in the pulser driver
assembly. The flow sensor is an accelerometer-activated circuit. It senses
vibration in the drill string and determines whether flow has been initiated or
stopped. Activation of the flow switch transmits a 5 VDC signal across the flow
switch bus line, and is interpreted by the directional module MPU as the
beginning of flow.
g GE Power Systems
GAMMA MODULE
The GE Power Systems’ Gamma Sensor is a high-efficiency natural gamma
radiation detector. The sensor uses a Scintillator, NaCl (TI) crystal with a
ruggedized photomultiplier, with a signal conditioner and power controller in the
qPACK™ mounting. It can be placed in any position in the tool string above the
pulser, and run with one or tandem battery packs or the turbine assembly with
battery backup. The choice of power supply is dependent upon the predicted
duration of the drilling run downhole. This module is also used in the Gamma-
Steering package, with the incorporation of the Gamma-Steering directional
module and the focused gamma sub.
FUTURE FORMATION EVALUATION MODULES

GE Power Systems, Reuter-Stokes, Inc is in the development and planning
stages for other formation-evaluation sensor modules. The planned devices will
measure the formation resistivity, sonic and eventually formation density.
g GE Power Systems
BOW SPRINGS FINNED CENTRALIZERS AND INTERMODULE

CONNECTORS:
These modules serve five purposes.
1. To provide electrical wiring connections between Tensor MWD modules

(Pulser, Batteries, Gamma and Directional Module).
2. To act as flex points in the probe, allowing it to bend to a very tight radius
downhole.
3. To act as part of the centralizer system, that positions and holds the probe
centered in the non-magnetic drill collar.
4. To provide elastomeric cushioning against potentially damaging shock and
vibration.
5. To provide a point of separation between the individual modules for ease of
service and transportation. In addition, to provide flexibility in the selection of
the module configurations.
g GE Power Systems
DRILL COLLARS:
The Tensor MWD system is the most versatile MWD system in use today when it
comes to collar selection. It can be used in practically any non-magnetic drill
collar with an internal diameter in the range of 2 3/16 inches minimum to 3 ¼
inches maximum. The drill collar diameter used is directly related to the amount
in gallons-per-minute of the expected drill fluid flow. The recommended flow
velocity should not exceed 40 feet/second to prevent excessive erosion of the tool
parts in drilling fluids with normal solids content. Refer to Velocity Chart.
When the tool is deployed with the slick intermodule connectors, it can be use in
a dedicated drill collar. The dedicated drill collar contains bottle-type centralizers,
spaced apart in the collar to support the tool on the intermodule connectors. This
design creates a slick tool that contains no protruding fins or bow springs to limit
the fishing capabilities due to potentially small internal diameters of particular
types of drill strings.
MULESHOE/ MULESHOE SUB

The Tensor MWD system uses a muleshoe sleeve unique to the MWD industry.
The muleshoe serves a double-role in the proper function of the Tensor MWD
system.
First, the muleshoe employs a helical guide to seat the MWD tool into a specific
orientation to measure the toolface orientation with reference to the toolface of
the MWD probe. The software design also allows the operator to measure any
offset of the muleshoe to the toolface of the bottom hole assembly.
Second, the muleshoe contains the main orifice into which the pulser main signal
poppet projects to create the pressure pulse. Five different orifice sizes are used
in the 6 ½” and 4 ¾” muleshoe sleeves: 1.28", 1.35", 1.40”, 1.50” and 1.60” OD.
The 3 ½” muleshoe sleeve has three options for orifice sizes: 1.21”, 1.23” and
1.25” OD. The main orifices are easily changed on the job site to accommodate
the various flows that may be encountered through the course of a job.
Muleshoe subs are specially designed and cut to receive and anchor the
muleshoe sleeves. The subs are designed to match the mating threads of the
collars being used. We strongly recommend cutting the subs from a
non-magnetic material to insure adequate spacing from the magnetometers in the
MWD tool.
g GE Power Systems
SURFACE EQUIPMENT:
The Tensor MWD system employs GE Power Systems’ Driller’s Remote Terminal
(DRT). The DRT is an intrinsically safe, rig floor display assembly used to display
real-time, downhole, and telemetric data from the MWD downhole tool. The DRT
can display borehole azimuth, inclination and toolface orientation. With the
numerous screen displays available, it can also present all tool data transmitted
and help perform the DownLinking procedures available with the system.
The DRT connects to GE Power Systems’ Safe Area Power Supply (SAPS). The
SAPS provides power and communication lines to the operator’s personal
computer. The PC contains all of the GE Power Systems Tensor MWD software
and allows the operator to remotely view all of the displayed data presented on
the rig floor. Programs resident in the PC also allow access to the MWD system’s
communication protocol and configuration of the downhole tool and the surface
system to function together.
SURFACE SENSORS:
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
The pressure transducer detects the pressure pulses created by the MWD
downhole tool in the mud at the standpipe. The analog signal is digitized,
filtered in the DRT MPU and decoded. The data is then displayed on one
of several menu-driven screen displays.
HOOK-LOAD SENSOR:
The hookload sensor is a transducer affixed to the drilling rig’s hydraulic

system. It is used to measure the hook load or weight of the drilling
assembly or drill string. The software in the MPU of the DRT allows the
operator to calibrate the sensors to match the measuring devices use on
the rig.
DEPTH ENCODER:
The depth encoder attached to the Geolograph line measures the

movement of the Kelly up and down. In coordination with the hook-load
sensor, the depth encoder allows the operator to track the drilling depth of
the well and track the addition of joints of drill pipe.
g GE Power Systems
DRAW-WORKS ENCODER:
The draw-works encoder is a depth-measuring device attached to the hub

of the draw-works reel. This device operates similarly to the Depth
Encoder, and allows the operator to track the drilling depth of the well and
track the addition of joints of drill pipe as drilling progresses.
HEAVE SENSOR:
The heave sensor is a depth-adjusting device that measures the

movement of floating rigs caused by tides and rough seas. It
compensates the depth measurement for the movement of the rig floor.
The use of these sensors, individually or in combination with each other, allows
the operator to maintain accurate measurements on the rig site in relation to the
data being gathered by the MWD system.
All of the data gathered from the system can be stored on the PC, using the
available GE Power Systems software programs. This data can then be used to
create reports for survey calculations and formation evaluation. These reports
include survey calculations, well plots and formation log plots.
Reference:
Drawing SY-100522-01D. The QDT surface system diagram.

g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 3
981133 Pulser Oilfill Assembly EFS
MP-981133 Manufacturing Procedure
SOP-2024 Functional Test
Pulser Oil-Fill Fixture Color Diagram
981133-02 Rev A Assembly Drawing
981133 BOM (Bill of Materials)

g GE Power Systems
Notes
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
PULSER, OILFILLED ASSY, EFS Procedure PAGE 1 OF 35
REV. DRAFT
REV. PREPARED BY APP./VERIFIED BY APPROVED BY APPROVED BY APPRVD/ACCPTD
A J. McLeod
ECN Date: Date:
N/A Date: Date: ENG. APPROVAL Q.A. APPROVAL Date:

Proprietary Information. This document contains proprietary information of the GE Company and/or GE Reuter-Stokes and may not be used or
disclosed to others, except with the written permission of GE Company.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
1.0 SCOPE
This document describes satisfactory requirements to manufacture Pulser, Oilfilled

Assembly, EFS, part number 981133 and identifies inspection points and/or support
documentation where required.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
2.1 SOP-290.15.1 - Control of Nonconforming Product

2.2 GE SR QA Manual, Section 13
2.3 SOP-C-5250.3 - Qualification of Inspection and Test Personnel
2.4 SOP-2022 – Pulser Oil Fill Test at 981126 Procedure
2.5 SOP-2060 – Pulser Lever Performance Test (Dry and Wet) Procedure
2.6 SOP-2024 – Pulser Force Test Procedure
2.7 SOP-2087 – Wire Prep for Solder Procedure
2.8 981002 – QDT MWD Maintenance Manual
2.9 Serial Number Log
2.10 Assembly Work Package
3.0 DEFINITIONS
3.1 Assembly Drawing: An engineering drawing with product specifications and

tolerances required to fabricate a product.
3.2 EFS: Electronic Flow Switch
3.3 MSDS: Material Safety Data Sheets.
3.4 NCR: A Non-Conformance Report used to process defective materials.
3.5 PPE: Personal Protective Equipment.
3.6 Quality Control (QC) Inspection: An inspection to be completed by a Quality

Control Inspector. Results are to be documented when specified on the flow chart
or in associated documentation.
3.7 Traveler: A document contained in the Work Package that identifies the
manufacturing and inspection steps required for the fabrication, assembly and
testing of a product.
3.8 Work Package: A package that may contain the Traveler, Pick List or Bill of
Materials, relevant Assembly Drawings and other related documents needed to
fabricate a product.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 It is the responsibility of the Manufacturing Manager to assign individuals to the

specified tasks with the proper level of experience and/or training to complete the
tasks.
4.1.1 It is the responsibility of the operator completing each process step to

follow the requirements of the flow chart or documentation identified on
the flow chart.
4.2 It is the responsibility of the person completing each process step to identify
deficiencies as they occur in the process. Each individual is to initiate or insure
initiation of a Nonconformance Report (NCR) when a defect occurs in the product
at any point during the manufacturing process in accordance with SOP-290.15.1.
4.3 It is the responsibility of the Quality Assurance department to ensure the

Manufacturing Procedures meet the quality requirements for the product line and
to qualify all QC Inspection in Accordance with SOP-C-5250.3.
4.4 Where a measurement is taken for product acceptance and for the control of
quality related activities, the IM & TE (inspection, measuring, and test
equipment) device shall be subject to calibration. The Operator shall check the
calibration sticker to ensure the calibration of the device has not passed its
expiration date. If the device is found to be out of date, process the device in
accordance with GE RS QA Manual, Section 13.
5.0 SAFETY
5.1 Special attention must be paid around moving parts to prevent pinching, crushing
or cutting injuries. All tools and equipment must only be used in accordance with
the manufacturer instructions. Operators must be trained on proper operating
instructions.
5.2 When soldering, care should be taken to prevent burns from the iron tip. Inspect
cord, base and stand before use. Soldering should be performed in well-ventilated
area or a fume extractor should be used. Operator must wash hands thoroughly
and clean all work surfaces well after completion. If working with lead solder the
operator must complete Lead Safety Awareness Training (EHS 470). Rubber,
latex or nitrile gloves should be worn.
5.3 All work on energized equipment, including inspection, testing and adjustment
requires the following:
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
5.3.1 Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing (such as watchbands,

bracelets, rings and necklaces) shall not be worn while performing
electrical work.
5.3.2 Non-conductive (no metal frame) safety glasses with side shields shall
be worn at all times when working on, inspecting or testing electrical
equipments/components.
5.3.3 Only tools specifically designed for electrical work shall be used.
5.3.4 Power supplies, cords and switches shall be inspected for damage before
use.
5.4 When using the wire heat stripper, care should be taken to prevent burns from the
hot tip. Inspect cord before use.
5.5 Inspect all cords for nicks or frays before use.
5.6 Whenever you work with chemicals read the MSDS and follow the PPE
guidelines.
6.0 TOOLS, EQUIPMENT and MATERIAL
6.1 Tools and Equipment and/or Equivalent
6.1.1 #60 Drill (.04”)

6.1.2 981349 Slave Test Tip
6.1.3 981845 Thread Protector Slaves (x2)
6.1.4 Air Gun
6.1.5 Brass Slave Shaft
6.1.6 Brush
6.1.7 Caliper
6.1.8 Chain Vice
6.1.9 Dental Pick
6.1.10 Feeler Gauge
6.1.11 Flat Narrow Blade Screwdriver
6.1.12 Gauge, 1/10”
6.1.13 Gear Wrench
6.1.14 Hex Head Driver, 1 1/16”
6.1.15 Hex Head Driver, 5/64”
6.1.16 Hex Head Driver, 7/64”
6.1.17 Hook Wrench
6.1.18 Hot Air Gun
6.1.19 Isopropyl alcohol
6.1.20 Multimeter
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
6.1.21 Needle nose Pliers

6.1.22 Nut Driver, ¼”
6.1.23 Omega Meter
6.1.24 Permanent Marker
6.1.25 Piston Cap Tool Fixture
6.1.26 Pulser Test Box
6.1.27 Pulser Test Cable Slave
6.1.28 Punch (x2)
6.1.29 Ratchet Wrench ½” Drive
6.1.30 Rubber Mallet
6.1.31 Ruler
6.1.32 Safety Wire Pliers
6.1.33 Screwdriver, Flat Blade
6.1.34 Screwdriver, Phillips Drive
6.1.35 Slave Plug
6.1.36 Snubber Shock Pigtail Slave
6.1.37 Solder Iron
6.1.38 Steel Stamp Set, ¼”
6.1.39 Steering Tool Gear Wrench 1 ¾”
6.1.40 Strain Gauge
6.1.41 Syringe, 60cc, with Oil-fill Adapter
6.1.42 System Gauge
6.1.43 Tip Tester Fixture
6.1.44 Torque Wrench
6.1.45 Torsion Spring Clamps
6.1.46 Tweezers
6.1.47 Vacuum Pump
6.1.48 V-Block (x2)
6.1.49 Wire Cutters
6.2 Materials: refer to the bill of materials and assembly drawings.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.0 PROCEDURE
7.1 Assemble Spring Shaft Assembly
7.1.1 Apply a few small dots of Loctite 246 to the threads of the Bellows
Shaft [part number 981142].
7.1.2 Thread the Bellows Shaft to the Spring Shaft Plug, [981115].
Hand-torque only.
7.1.3 Using Loctite 246, thread the Spring Shaft [981141] to the Spring Shaft
Plug [981115]. Assemble carefully and avoid excessive torque to
prevent damage to parts.
7.1.4 Inspect the assembly: verify it is not bent.
7.1.5 Apply a coating of Loctite 246 inside the hole for the dowel pin in the
spring shaft plug.
7.1.6 Place the shaft assembly in the wire tube [981154] and install the Dowel
Pin [981144].
981142
7.1.7 Inspect the shaft: verify that it slides freely.

Note: The Dowel Pin must not protrude outside of the wire tube. Move
the shaft sideways against the wire tube to verify that it does not
cause the Dowel Pin to protrude.
7.1.8 Fasten the Position Spacer [981534] to the Flow Sensor Plug using
Position Screws. See Exhibit 7.2.
7.1.9 Install 2 new O-rings onto the Flow Sensor.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
Note: Always install new, unused O-rings. Never put a used O-ring back
on an assembly. If you remove an O-ring for any reason, discard
it and replace it with a new, unused O-ring.
7.1.10 Insert the Bellows Shaft into the uphole end of the Flow Sensor Plug
and thread the wire tube in place using Loctite 246.
7.2 Install Bellows
7.2.1 Slide the bellows onto the bellow shaft and flow sensor plug nose.
7.2.2 Secure the small end of the bellows with a torsion spring clamp.
Clip off the excess wire.
Torsion Spring Clamp
7.2.3 Replace the ceramic servo-poppet tip with a test tip. Install the servo-
poppet assembly onto the threads of the bellows shaft. Be sure not to
cross-thread it while installing.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.3 Install Wire Tube Assembly into Pulser Screen Housing
7.3.1 Install the orifice, SERVO, with the beveled edge up, into the center of
the pulser screen housing.
7.3.2 Apply Loctite 246 to the end of the screws, 8-32, SCS, ¼”.
7.3.3 Install the screws into the pulser screen housing, at the screen mounting
holes, over the orifice.
7.3.4 Remove excess Loctite.
7.3.5 Apply silicone lubricant to the O-rings on the wire tube assembly.
7.3.6 Align the dowel pin with the pinhole inside the pulser screen housing.
7.3.7 Install the wire tube assembly into the pulser screen housing, until the
pin sets into position.
7.3.8 Secure the large end of the bellows with safety wire.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.3.9 Verify that the wire tube assembly, at the nose, sits evenly and without
rotation, at the 3-web fingers in the pulser screen housing.
7.3.10 Install the shim over the wire tube and onto the wire tube plug, inside
the pulser screen housing.
7.3.11 Remove the part label and clean the membrane support with isopropyl
alcohol.
Membrane Grooves Inner Groove Outer Groove
Ridge
7.3.12 Clean inside the membrane support until all visible debris is removed.
7.3.13 Inspect the membrane, PRESS, COMPENS, for nicks or tears. If any
nicks or tears are found, replace the membrane and inspect the
replacement.
7.3.14 Clean the membrane with isopropyl alcohol.
7.3.15 Slide the membrane over the membrane support. Verify that the
membrane extends 1/10” past the outer ridge of the membrane grooves
at 1 end of the support.
7.3.16 Apply 2 drops of silicone lubricant, at opposite sides on the membrane,

90 degrees from the release marks.
7.4 Install Safety Wires Over 1 End of Membrane
7.4.1 Coil the safety wire, .025” DIA, .302, into 1” diameter coils.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.4.2 Verify that the top wire faces counter-clockwise and the bottom wire
faces clockwise.
7.4.3 Grip the wire at the cross point with safety wire pliers.
7.4.4 Slip the coil over a cylinder of a diameter similar to the membrane
support.
7.4.5 Apply 2 drops of silicone lubricant on the extended end of the

membrane.
7.4.6 Slip the coiled safety wire over the extended end of the membrane and it
in the inner membrane groove, through the membrane. Verify that the
membrane remains extended 1/10” past the outer ridge of the membrane
grooves at this end of the support.
7.4.7 Verify that the safety wire coils do not cross each other.
7.4.8 Pull the twister knob on the safety wire pliers until the wire creates a
tight crossing at the groove.
7.4.9 Clip the twist at 3/8” length and fold it into the groove.
7.4.10 Repeat the previous 8 steps to install safety wire in the outer membrane
groove over the membrane.
7.5 Install Safety Wires Over Other End of Membrane
7.5.1 Hold the other end of the membrane support and extend the membrane
past the outer membrane groove by 1/10”.
7.5.2 Repeat the previous section to engage, tighten, clip and fold a pair of
safety wires into the 2 membrane grooves on this end of the support.
7.6 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-020, VITON, 75D, into each of the 4 grooves on the
ends of the membrane support.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
Membrane
MembraneSupport
SupportEnd
EndGrooves
Grooves
7.7 Install Oil-fill Housing
7.7.1 Inspect all O-rings for nicks or tears. If any nicks or tears are found,
replace the O-ring with a new, unused O-ring and inspect the
replacement.
7.7.2 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-006, VITON, 75D, onto the oil-fill housing
plug.
7.7.3 Apply silicone lubricant to the O-ring.
7.7.4 Inspect the oil-fill housing port for burrs or cross-threading.
7.7.5 Clean the oil-fill housing and port with blasts of air for 15 seconds.
7.7.6 Install the plug to the oil-fill housing port, to finger-tight.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.7.7 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-127, VITON, 75D, to the inner groove, at 1
end of the oil-fill housing.
7.7.8 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-125, VITON, 75D, to the outer groove at the
same end of the oil-fill housing.
7.7.9 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-127, VITON, 75D, to the inner groove, at the
other end of the oil-fill housing.
7.7.10 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-125, VITON, 75D, to the outer groove at the
same end of the oil-fill housing.
7.7.11 Apply silicone lubricant to the inner and outer O-rings at 1 end of the
membrane support.
7.7.12 Install the lubricated end of the membrane support into the down-hole
end of the oil-fill housing.
7.8 Install Mud Compensator Housing
7.8.1 Apply silicone lubricant to the entire membrane, liberally.
7.8.2 Fill the 1/10” gap with silicone lubricant at the top and bottom of the
membrane, where it extends past the outer ridge of the membrane
grooves.
7.8.3 Apply silicone lubricant to the O-rings at the top and bottom of the
membrane support.
7.8.4 Clean mud compensator housing with isopropyl alcohol.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.8.5 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-125, VITON, 75D, to the bottom position on
the mud compensator housing.
7.8.6 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-125, VITON, 75D, to the top position on the
mud compensator housing.
7.8.7 Apply silicone lubricant to the small radius, inside the mud compensator
housing, and to the 2 O-rings just installed.
7.8.8 Twist and push the mud compensator housing over the membrane
support assembly, until the assembly reaches the bottom of the housing.
7.8.9 Clean excess lubricant from the mud compensator housing.
7.8.10 Clean the coil housing, PLUG END, with isopropyl alcohol.
7.8.11 Install the coil housing on top of the oil-fill housing.
7.8.12 Apply a dot of Loctite 246 to the threads of each of 6 screws, type 6-32,
PHL, ¼”, FLT.
7.8.13 Install the 6 screws ¾ of the way into the coil housing.
7.8.14 Tighten the 6 screws to finger-tight, in a cross pattern.
7.8.15 Verify that the coil housing sits directly on top of the oil-fill housing.
7.8.16 Tighten the 6 screws in a cross pattern, to hand-tight.
7.9 Install Pressure Bulkhead
7.9.1 Clean the oil-fill plug.
7.9.2 Clean the pressure bulkhead.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.9.3 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-006, VITON, 70D, to oil-fill plug.
7.9.4 Apply silicone lubricant to the oil-fill plug O-ring.
7.9.5 Install the oil-fill plug into the side of the pressure bulkhead, at the
down-hole end.
7.9.6 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-127, VITON, 75D, to the inner groove at 1
end of the pressure bulkhead.
7.9.7 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-125, VITON, 75D, to the outer groove, at
same end of the pressure bulkhead.
7.9.8 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-127, VITON, 75D, to the inner groove, at the
other end of the pressure bulkhead.
7.9.9 Install (1) O-ring, type AS-125, VITON, 75D, to the outer groove, at the
same end of the pressure bulkhead.
7.9.10 Apply silicone lubricant inside the up-hole end of the pressure bulkhead
housing, where the M4 connector will seat.
7.9.11 Verify that the M4 connector has a ‘200’ etched into the shoulder,
indicating it is for use in high-temperature tools.
7.9.12 Apply silicone lubricant on the area between the brass rings at the top of
the M4 connector.
7.9.13 Install the M4 connector, in the down-hole end of the pressure bulkhead
housing assembly.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.9.14 Verify that the 4 slots in the pressure bulkhead assembly are not aligned
with the screw holes in the pressure bulkhead housing.
7.9.15 Verify that the 2 oblong holes in the pressure bulkhead assembly are not
aligned with the screw holes in the pressure bulkhead housing.
7.9.16 Verify that the distance between the edge of the pressure bulkhead and
the edge of the M4 connector is from .550” to .565”.
7.9.17 Apply Loctite 246 to the nose only, not to the threads, of each of 4
setscrews, type 8-32, SET, 1/8”.
7.9.18 Install the 4 setscrews ¾ of the way into the pressure bulkhead.
7.9.19 Verify that the M4 connector is centered on the pressure bulkhead

housing.
7.9.20 Tighten the 4 setscrews in a cross pattern, to hand-tight.
7.10 Install Membrane Screen Housing
7.10.1 Install (1) spring, type SOLENOID RETURN, onto the spring shaft.
7.10.2 Verify that the spring slides down the shaft without resistance.
7.10.3 Install (1) short spring spacer into the spring shaft.
7.10.4 Install a second spring, type SOLENOID RETURN, into the spring
shaft.
7.10.5 Install a second short spring spacer into the spring shaft.
7.10.6 Install (1) long spring spacer into the spring shaft.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.7 Verify that the long spring spacer extends 1 7/8”out of the wire tube.
7.10.8 Apply silicone lubricant to the O-ring on the down-hole end of the mud
compensator housing.
7.10.9 Connect the mud compensator housing to the membrane screen housing.
7.10.10 Clean the assembly.
7.10.11 Place the assembly in a tabletop chain vice, resting on blocks of wood,
with the membrane screen housing under the chain.
7.10.12 Connect a gear wrench to the oil-fill housing, to hold the housing in
position.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.13 Connect a second gear wrench to the spring housing, to tighten it into
position.
7.10.14 Place the second gear wrench so the handle is below your waist, and
then push the handle down to tighten. Torque the connection to a
minimum 75 lb-ft. Refer to QDT MWD Maintenance Manual, part
number 981002.
7.10.15 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the membrane screen housing to
engage the test tip. Rotate the test tip so the screws are visible in 1 of the
screen housing windows.
7.10.16 Tighten the screws with a 5/64” hex head driver to hand-tight.
7.10.17 Push the screwdriver against the servo-poppet. Verify that the servo-
poppet moves and is aligned.
7.10.18 See the serial number log for the next serial number.
7.10.19 Pound the serial number for this tool onto the pressure bulkhead flat
area with a mallet and a ¼” steel stamp set.
Note: Verify the direction of each stamp, to avoid stamping any
numerals upside-down.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.20 Repeat the 2 steps above to pound the tool serial number into the other
side of the pressure bulkhead.
7.10.21 Refer to the “Pulser Oil-fill Check Sheet” in the Work Package.
7.10.22 Write or confirm the following information on the “Pulser Oil-fill

Check Sheet:”
7.10.22.1 Write the S/O (Shop Order) Number
7.10.22.2 Write the Serial Number.
7.10.22.3 Write the Solenoid number (see the engraving on the housing)
7.10.22.4 Write the Today’s date.
7.10.22.5 Write the Spring Load (default is 4.0 lbs.)
7.10.22.6 Write the Pull Coil Resistance (as written on the tool). Verify
the resistance value is between 13 and 15 Ohms.
7.10.22.7 Write the Hold Coil Resistance (as written on the tool). Verify
that the resistance value is between 500 and 600 Ohms.
7.10.22.8 Write the (Pull-Hold) Performance value (as written on the

solenoid). Verify that the performance value is between 18 and
24 lbs.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.23 Verify that the thickness of the washer, type FLAT, #6, SS AN960, is
between .025” and .030”.
7.10.24 Gently remove the following solenoid wires from the housing:
• Red
• Brown
• Black
7.10.25 Run these 3 solenoid wires along the wire way channel and insert them
back into the housing through center entry hole.
7.10.26 Remove the masking tape and clean the tube with isopropyl alcohol.
7.10.27 Apply 1 ½ wraps of ½” wide Kapton tape around the exit groove. Hold
the wires in their channel while applying the tape.
7.10.28 Apply 1 ½ wraps of ½” wide Kapton tape around the entry groove.
7.10.29 Remove the shipping nut and washer from the solenoid shaft, and
discard.
7.10.30 Apply silicone lubricant to the solenoid spring shaft washer to hold it in
position while installing the solenoid.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.31 Install the lubricant side of the washer against the solenoid clapper.
7.10.32 Clean the threads of the solenoid shaft with isopropyl alcohol.
7.10.33 Apply a dot of Loctite 246 on the solenoid shaft threads.
7.10.34 Insert a narrow, flat-blade screwdriver in the plunger hole, in the

solenoid retainer.
7.10.35 Match the solenoid wide leg to the wide slot of the coil housing socket.
Note: Be careful to hold the clapper against the solenoid until the
assembly is in place.
7.10.36 Support the weight of the solenoid and lower the solenoid shaft into the
solenoid retainer.
7.10.37 Rotate the screwdriver clockwise until you feel the solenoid shaft
threads engage.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.38 Raise the solenoid assembly and insert a punch above the clapper into
the hole in the solenoid shaft.
7.10.39 At the engagement use the punch to tighten the assembly.
7.10.40 Apply a dot of Loctite 246 on the threads of the 3 coil housing screws,
type 6-32, PHL, 3/8”, FLT.
7.10.41 Install the 3 screws ¾ of the way into the coil housing socket.
7.10.42 Finish installing the screws in a cross pattern, to hand-tight.
7.10.43 Loosen the 2 mounting screws on the servo-poppet, with a ½ turn.
7.10.44 Engage the test tip with the screwdriver.
7.10.45 Pre-set the up-hole end of the clapper gap to 1/10”, with a 1/10” gauge.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.46 Rotate the screwdriver counter-clockwise, until you feel the clapper grip
the gauge.
7.10.47 Slowly rotate the screwdriver counter-clockwise until the servo-poppet

screws sit squarely in the nearest window.
7.10.48 Tighten the servo-poppet screws to finger-tight.
7.10.49 Push the test tip to manually move the clapper.
7.10.50 Power-on the solder iron.
7.10.51 Measure 2” of the orange wire, cut and discard excess.
7.10.52 Bend the orange wire in half.
7.10.53 Slide a 1” section of heat shrink tubing, 3/16” diameter, onto the
doubled-over orange wired, completely covering it.
7.10.54 Heat and shrink the tubing evenly with the hot air gun.
7.10.55 Clip the excess heat shrink tubing.
7.10.56 Remove any flakes of potting material from the top of the F4 connector.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.57 Insert the solenoid wires through either window in the solenoid retainer.
7.10.58 Measure 3” of each wire, cut and discard the excess.
7.10.59 Prepare the solenoid wires for soldering with hooked ends. Refer to
SOP-2087, ‘Wire Prep for Solder Procedure.’
7.10.60 Group the wires into 3 bundles, according to the 3 colors.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.61 Slide (1) 1” section of heat shrink tubing, 3/32” diameter, Kynar, down
the black heavy gauge wire for later use. Do not heat this tubing now.
7.10.62 Slide (1) ¾” section of heat shrink tubing, 3/32” diameter, Kynar, down
1 of the brown wires.
7.10.63 Slide (1) ¾” section of heat shrink tubing, 3/32” diameter, Kynar, down
1 of the red wires.
7.10.64 Lay the 2 light-gauge black wires parallel and connect their hooks to the
hooked end of the heavy gauge black wire.
7.10.65 Crimp and solder these 3 wires together.
7.10.66 Hook, crimp and solder the two brown wires together.
7.10.67 Hook, crimp and solder the two red wires together.
7.10.68 Clean the exposed wire areas.
7.10.69 Set the multimeter to measure Ohms.
7.10.70 Place the multimeter black clip on the black wires connection.
7.10.71 Place the multimeter red clip on the brown wires connection.
7.10.72 Verify that the meter reading is between 13 and 15 Ohms.
7.10.73 Write the reading on the “Pulser Oil-fill Check Sheet”.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.74 Move the multimeter red clip to the red wires.
7.10.75 Verify that the meter reading is between 500 and 600 Ohms.
7.10.76 Write the reading on the “Pulser Oil-fill Check Sheet”.
7.10.77 Remove the multimeter red clip from the red wires.
7.10.78 Rub the multimeter red clip on the wire channel.
7.10.79 Verify that the meter reading is 0.0 Ohms.
7.10.80 Move the multimeter black clip to the brown wires and repeat the
previous 2 steps.
7.10.81 Move the multimeter black clip to the red wires and repeat the same 2
steps.
7.10.82 When all test points are valid, slide the heat shrink tubing over the
solder points of each wire.
7.10.83 Heat and shrink the tubing evenly with the hot air gun.
7.10.84 Power-off the solder iron.
7.10.85 Install the wave spring, SSR-0112, on the shoulder of the solenoid
retainer, with the wires routed through the center of the spring.
Note: The wave spring has a split, so you can open it and wrap it around
the wire.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.10.86 Start the tapered end of the ring, RET, 1.250”, SPIRAL SS, in one of the
alignment pin grooves.
7.10.87 Push down on the F4 connector and insert the remainder of the spring
clip into its groove, which is located inside the uphole end of the
solenoid.
7.10.88 Release the F4 connector.
7.10.89 Verify that the wave spring resists, by pushing it.
7.10.90 Place the wire circles parallel to each other and twist the group of wires
2 or 3 times.
7.10.91 Ease the wire bundle into the window with a blunt stir stick.
7.10.92 Rotate the tool to verify the wires aren’t sticking out of the opposite
window.
7.11 Install Solenoid Housing

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.11.1 Clean the solenoid housing using a clean cloth, a long narrow shaft and
the air gun.
7.11.2 Apply silicone lubricant to the O-rings on the oil-fill housing.
7.11.3 Place the tool in a vertical position with the oil-fill housing above the
screen housing.
7.11.4 Twist the solenoid housing onto the oil-fill housing until they are firmly
connected.
Note: At resistance, firmly tap the top of the solenoid housing, and
continue to connect the housings together.
7.11.5 Place the assembly in the tabletop chain vice, resting on blocks of wood,
with the chain over the mud compensator housing.
7.11.6 Connect a gear wrench to the solenoid, to hold it in position.
7.11.7 Connect a second gear wrench to the screen housing, to tighten it into
position.
7.11.8 Place the second torque wrench so its handle is below your waist, then
push the handle down to tighten. Torque the connection to 75 lb-ft.
Refer to QDT MWD Maintenance Manual, part number 981002.
7.11.9 Apply silicone lubricant to the pressure bulkhead O-rings.
7.11.10 Twist the bulkhead onto the solenoid housing to hand-tight.
7.11.11 Mark the oil-fill plug and the solenoid housing, with a permanent
marker, to identify the hand-tight alignment position.
7.12 Re-check Clapper gap with 3-turn procedure.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.12.1 Lay the partially assembled unit on the test bench next to the Pulser
Driver Assembly [981137] with the Driver Snubber Shock Assembly
[981528] attached.
7.12.2 Plug the male, 4-pole connector assembly [981598] into the female, 4-
pole connector assembly [981599].
7.12.3 Connect the 4-pin / 6-socket connector on the driver snubber to its mate
in the female connector assembly.
7.12.4 Connect Pulser Test Unit [983100] to the other end of the driver. The
HOLD position on the Pulser Test Unit will energize the solenoid for
further procedures.
Note: At this point screws should be just loose enough to allow the base
to turn on the shaft threads for position adjustment.
7.12.5 Thread the base onto the shaft until it bottoms.
7.12.6 Energize the solenoid. If necessary, use a small screwdriver to push the
shaft up until the Clapper touches the solenoid housing.
7.12.7 Unthread the assembly until the Poppet Tip bottoms out against the
Servo Orifice. Then re-thread the assembly 3 turns plus an additional,
partial turn if needed, to position the screw heads in the nearest window.
7.13 Perform Dry Lever Performance Test
7.13.1 Refer to document SOP-2060, ‘Pulser Lever Performance Test (Dry and
Wet) Procedure.’
7.14 Perform Pulser Oil-fill Procedure
7.14.1 Refer to document SOP-2022, ‘Pulser Oil Fill Test at 981126

Procedure.’
7.15 Install Helix End Assembly
7.15.1 Apply clear RTV to the orifice, CERAMIC POPPET, sidewalls.
7.15.2 Install the orifice, CERAMIC POPPET, in the up-hole end of the signal
valve shaft, with beveled end facing uphole.
7.15.3 Clean the excess clear RTV from the signal valve shaft.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.15.4 Install O-ring, AS-127, VITON, 75D, on the bottom position of the
poppet housing.
7.15.5 Install O-ring, AS-125, VITON, 75D, on the top position of the poppet
housing.
7.15.6 Install O-ring, AS-221, VITON, 75D, on the bottom position of the
helix end, PULSER/HELIX END, down-hole position.
7.15.7 Install the abrasion ring to its stop position above this O-ring.
7.15.8 Verify that the chamfer on the abrasion ring is positioned down-hole.
7.15.9 Install O-ring, AS-221, VITON, 75D, on the middle position of the
helix end.
7.15.10 Install O-ring, AS-126, VITON, 75D, on the top position of the helix
end.
7.15.11 Install the signal shaft into the down-hole end of the helix shaft.
7.15.12 Place the assembly in a tabletop chain vice, with the chain connected to
the mid-section.
7.15.13 Rotate the tool until the slot is underneath, and the chain lies on a
smooth surface.
7.15.14 Put the seal, STD, POLYPAK, in the groove on the down-hole end of
the piston cap. Make sure the installed O-ring in the polypak is facing
downhole.
7.15.15 Verify that the seal is squarely seated in the groove.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.15.16 Apply 4 dots of Loctite 246 to the Signal Shaft threads at 90-degree
intervals, for both low temp and high temp tools.
7.15.17 Install the poppet end, #1 (1.122” outer diameter), threading it into the
signal shaft, at the down-hole end, to hand-tight.
7.15.18 Repeat the 2 steps above for the up-hole end of the signal shaft and the
piston cap.
7.15.19 Place the mounting fixture on the piston cap.
7.15.20 Tighten the slave screws onto the piston cap mounting holes, to finger-
tight.
7.15.21 Connect a ½” drive ratchet wrench to the poppet end, to hold it in

position.
7.15.22 Set a torque wrench to 75 lb-ft. Refer to the QDT MWD Maintenance
Manual, part number 981002.
7.15.23 Connect the torque wrench to the installation tool with the torque
wrench handle below your waist.
7.15.24 Pull the handle upward until you hear the double click.
7.15.25 Remove the O-ring from the polypak.

Note: When you remove the O-ring from part number 981170, you
create part number 98171.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.15.26 Install the wiper to the outside or uphole groove of the piston cap, with
the wiper channel facing up-hole.
7.15.27 Apply silicone lubricant to the polypak and wiper, liberally.
7.15.28 Verify that the wear sleeve, SIGNAL PISTN, slides completely and
smoothly over the main spring.
7.15.29 Apply silicone lubricant to the inside of the wear sleeve, liberally.
7.15.30 Gently slide the wear sleeve over the wiper and the polypak.
7.15.31 Apply silicone lubricant to the outside of the wear sleeve, liberally.
7.15.32 Apply silicone lubricant to the inside of the housing, at the seat of the
wear sleeve.
7.15.33 Apply silicone lubricant to the O-rings on the helix end.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.15.34 Install the main spring into the housing.
7.15.35 Push and rotate the assembly into the housing until it is fully connected.
7.15.36 Place the assembly in a tabletop chain vice with the chain over the
middle section.
7.15.37 Connect a gear wrench to the poppet housing, to hold it in position.
7.15.38 Connect a steering tool gear wrench to the helix end, to tighten it into
position.
7.15.39 With the steering tool gear wrench below your waist, push the wrench
down to tighten. Torque this connection to 75 lb-ft. Refer to the QDT
MWD Maintenance Manual, part number 981002.
7.15.40 Push the helix end to actuate the spring in and out.
7.15.41 Release the setting on the torque wrench to minimum value.
7.16 Perform Pulser Force Test (Vacuum)
7.16.1 Refer to document SOP-2024, ‘Pulser Force Test Procedure.’
7.17 Install Ceramic Tip
7.17.1 Install the pigtail to the solenoid housing.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.17.2 Connect the pulser test cable to the MDM connector on the pigtail.
7.17.3 Turn the poppet screws ¼ of a turn to release the torque of the
hand-tight procedure.
7.17.4 Power-on the pulser test box.
7.17.5 Set the “on-time” knob to the “on” position, to keep the pulser in the
hold position.
7.17.6 Verify that the poppet has backed-off from the orifice.
7.17.7 Remove the 2 screws holding the servo-poppet.
7.17.8 Remove the test tip.
7.17.9 Apply a dot of Loctite 246 to the threads of each screw.
7.17.10 Install the ceramic tip and replace the screws, to finger-tight.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.17.11 Loosen the 2 clamp screws on the servo-poppet for a 1/8” gap at the
clamp.
7.17.12 Apply a dot of Loctite 246 to each of the visible screw threads.
7.17.13 Apply a dot of Loctite 246 to the servo-poppet shaft threads.
7.17.14 Tighten the clamp screws to the end of the shaft, to finger-tight.
7.17.15 Loosen the servo-poppet 1/8 of a turn.
7.17.16 Rotate the servo-poppet assembly 180 degrees in both directions and
verify that it is not cross-threaded on the servo-poppet shaft.
7.17.17 Rotate the assembly until the ceramic tip touches the orifice.
7.17.18 At this position, rotate the pulser housing until the screws are visible in
1 of the windows.
7.17.19 At this position, rotate the poppet 3 rotations away from the orifice.
7.17.20 Verify that the screws are facing up in the original window.
7.17.21 Hold the servo-poppet assembly in place and tighten the clamp screws
in that window to finger-tight.
7.17.22 Power-off the pulser test box.
7.17.23 Tighten all 4 screws to hand-tight.
7.17.25 Set the “on-time” knob to 1.
7.17.26 Set the “off-time” knob to 2.
7.17.27 Allow it to actuate for 2 minutes.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. MP-981133
DATE 02/27/03
REV. DRAFT
7.17.28 Verify that the tip is flush against the orifice. Rotate the tool to view the
tip from each window.
Note: If the tip is not flush, tighten the clamp and tip screws.
7.17.29 Verify that the shaft pulses while in alignment.
7.17.30 Power-off the pulser test box.
7.17.31 Remove excess lubricant.
7.18 Perform Wet Lever Performance Test
7.18.1 Refer to document SOP-2060, ‘Pulser Lever Performance Test (Dry and
Wet) Procedure.’
7.19 Send to QC for inspection.
7.20 Send the assembly to inventory or to the next assembly. Refer to the
manufacturing flow map or procedure.
7.21 In case of conflicting instructions, give precedence to documentation in the

following order:
(1) Product Specification and Drawings and manufacturing instructions contained

on them.
(2) Manufacturing Flow Chart
(3) Manufacturing Procedures (MPs)
(4) Process Instructions, such as welding procedures (Ps, P.I.s and P.P.I.s)
(5) Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
8.0 EXHIBITS
See exhibits within the previous section, 7.0 Procedure.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
Pulser Force Test Procedure PAGE 1 OF 11
REV. DRAFT
REV. PREPARED BY APP./VERIFIED BY APPROVED BY APPROVED BY APPRVD/ACCPTD
A G. Clark
ECN Date: Date:
N/A Date: Date: ENG. APPROVAL Q.A. APPROVAL Date:

Proprietary Information. This document contains proprietary information of the GE Company and/or GE Reuter-Stokes and may not be used or
disclosed to others, except with the written permission of GE Company.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
1.0 SCOPE
This procedure describes the functional testing, at room temperature, required to verify
proper function under the vacuum test conditions for the Assy, Pulser Oilfilled 175C
MWD, PN 981126.
2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
2.1 GE RS QA Manual, Section 13

2.2 SOP-C-5250.3 - Qualification of Inspection and Test Personnel
2.3 SOP-290.15.1- Nonconformance Report (NCR) Procedure
2.4 Assembly Work Package
3.0 DEFINITIONS
3.1 Operator or Assembler: The individual who performs a specific, or several,

manufacturing steps.
3.2 Documentation Point: A step in a procedure requiring the operator to record

information from an inspection, test or process to a specified location such as in a
Traveler, Work Package or database.
3.3 Work Package: A package that may contain the Traveler, Pick List or Bill of
Materials, relevant Assembly Drawings and other related documents needed to
fabricate a product.
3.4 Traveler: A document contained in the Work Package that identifies the
manufacturing and inspection steps required for the fabrication, assembly and
testing of a product.
3.5 Pick List: A list of piece parts required to fabricate a product. The Pick List will
not include standard commodities such as solder.
3.6 Bill of Materials: A list of all parts and materials required to fabricate a product.
The Bill of Materials will include standard commodities such as solder.
3.7 Assembly Drawing: An engineering drawing with product specifications and

tolerances required to fabricate a product.
3.8 NCR: A Non-Conformance Report used to process defective material.
3.9 In-process Inspection: An inspection completed during the manufacturing

process, often completed by the assembler. This inspection requires
documentation of the results when identified in the manufacturing procedure.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
3.10 Quality Control (QC) Inspection: An inspection to be completed by a Quality

Control Inspector. Results are to be documented when specified on the flow chart
or on associated documentation.
3.11 MSDS: Material Safety Data Sheets
3.12 PPE: Personal Protective Equipment
4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
1.1 It is the responsibility of the Manufacturing Manager to assign individuals to the

specified tasks with the proper level of experience and/or training to complete the
tasks.
1.1.1 It is the responsibility of the operator completing each process step to

follow the requirements of the flow chart or documentation identified on
the flow chart.
4.1 It is the responsibility of the person completing each process step to identify
deficiencies as they occur in the process. Each individual is to initiate or insure
initiation of a Nonconformance Report (NCR) when a defect occurs in the product
at any point during the manufacturing process in accordance with SOP-290.15.1.
1.2 It is the responsibility of the Quality Assurance department to ensure the

Manufacturing Procedures meet the quality requirements for the product line and
to qualify all QC Inspection in Accordance with SOP-C-5250.3.
1.3 Where a measurement is taken for product acceptance and for the control of
quality related activities, the IM & TE (inspection, measuring, and test
equipment) device shall be subject to calibration. The Operator shall check the
calibration sticker to ensure the calibration of the device has not passed its
expiration date. If the device is found to be out of date, process the device in
accordance with GE RS QA Manual, Section 13.
5.0 SAFETY
5.1 Special attention must be paid around moving parts to prevent pinching, crushing
or cutting injuries. All tools and equipment must only be used in accordance with
the manufacturer instructions. Operators must be trained on proper operating
instructions.
5.2 All work on energized equipment, including inspection, testing and adjustment
requires the following:
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
1.3.1 Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing (such as watchbands,

bracelets, rings and necklaces) shall not be worn while performing
electrical work.
1.3.2 Non-conductive (no metal frame) safety glasses with side shields shall
be worn at all times when working on, inspecting or testing electrical
equipments/components.
1.3.3 Only tools specifically designed for electrical work shall be used.
1.3.4 Power supplies, cords and switches shall be inspected for damage before
use.
5.3 When using the wire heat stripper, care should be taken to prevent burns from the
hot tip. Inspect cord before use.
5.4 Inspect all cords for nicks or frays before use.
5.5 Whenever you work with chemicals read the MSDS and follow the PPE
guidelines.
6.0 TOOLS, EQUIPMENT and MATERIAL
6.1 Tools and Equipment and/or Equivalent
6.1.1 Snubber Shock Pigtail Connector

6.1.2 Vacuum Pump
6.1.3 Flat Blade Screwdriver
6.1.4 Pulser Test Box
6.1.5 System Gauge
6.1.6 Rubber Mallet
6.1.7 Permanent Marker
6.1.8 60cc Syringe with Oil Fill Adapter
6.1.9 Slave Plug
6.1.10 Table Top Chain Vice
6.1.11 Small Blocks of Wood
6.1.12 Slave Nut, Washer and O-Ring
6.1.13 981845 Thread Protector Slaves (x2)
6.1.14 Air Pressure Main with Hose
6.2 Materials
6.2.1 Alcohol
6.2.2 Cloth/Large Rags
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
7.0 PROCEDURE
7.1 Perform the Pulser Oil Fill Vacuum Test
7.1.1 Verify valve positions at the start of the test are as follows
• Valve A: Closed
• Valve B: Closed
• Valve C: Open
• Valve D: Closed
7.1.2 Connect the slave cable to the MDM connector head on the assembly.
7.1.3 Power-on the vacuum pump.
7.1.4 Open vacuum valve A.
Exhibit 1- Oil Fill Stand
7.1.5 Partially close atmosphere valve C, 1/8 turn. This valve is open at
beginning of test.
7.1.6 After 3 seconds, power-off the vacuum pump.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
7.1.7 Open the oil, SILICONE, 50CS, reserve valve D and watch the
reservoir fill until you reach the top mark.
7.1.8 Close valve D.
7.1.9 Remove the oil fill plug.
7.1.10 Connect the oil fill adapter; to the pressure bulkhead at the oil fill port.
7.1.12 Set the “on-time” knob to 1.
7.1.13 Set the “off-time” knob to 2.
7.1.14 Verify that valve D is closed.
7.1.15 Verify that valve A is open.
7.1.16 Power-on the vacuum pump.
7.1.17 Partially open tool valve B, 1/8 turn, to allow air in pulser to move into
the oil reservoir.
7.1.18 When the bubbles slow, completely open valve B.
7.1.19 With all connections in place, hold the tool in a vertical position and
raise it above your shoulders for 10 seconds.
7.1.20 Rotate the tool 180 degrees and raise it above your head for 10 seconds.
7.1.21 Lower the tool to table level and tap it for 1 minute with a rubber mallet.
7.1.22 Raise the tool above your shoulders for 10 seconds.
7.1.23 Rotate the tool 180 degrees and hold it above your head for 10 seconds.
7.1.24 Place the tool in its stand and verify that the MDM and oil fill
connections are in place.
7.1.25 Completely close valves A and C.
7.1.26 Power-off the vacuum pump.
7.1.27 Verify that valve B is completely open.

g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
7.1.28 Allow the tool to pulse, to release the air for 5 minutes. Note: if a
constant stream of air bubbles is present, refer to the lead tech for
troubleshooting.
7.1.29 When the supply lines are full and no bubbles are visible, mark the
current oil level on the reservoir with a permanent marker.
7.1.30 Verify that valve C is closed.
7.1.31 Open valve A.
7.1.32 Power-on the vacuum pump for 3 seconds, then power-off the vacuum
pump.
7.1.33 See the oil volume rise 2 inches, for 30 minutes.
7.1.34 Partially open valve C to 1/8 turn; allow oil to move into the tool for 5
minutes.
7.1.35 Close valve A.
7.1.36 Watch the supply line for air bubbles as you hold the tool above your
shoulders in a vertical position.
7.1.37 When no more bubbles are visible, rotate the tool 180 degrees and
return it to above your shoulders.
7.1.38 Move the tool to table level and tap it 5 to 10 times with a rubber mallet.
7.1.39 Return the tool to its stand and verify that the connections are still in
place.
7.1.40 Allow the tool to pulse until you no longer see bubbles.
7.1.41 Close valve C.
7.1.42 Open valve A.
7.1.43 Power-on the vacuum pump until the gauge shows 28.5 inches of
mercury.
7.1.44 Close valve A.
7.1.45 Power-off the vacuum pump.
7.1.46 Allow the tool to pulse until you no longer see bubbles.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
7.1.47 Fully open valve C and watch the oil drop to the first, and/or lower
mark.
7.1.48 Switch-off the “on-time” knob and power-off the pulser test box.
7.1.49 Disconnect the slave cable from the MDM connector.
7.1.50 Close valve B.
7.1.51 Lay the tool in the horizontal position.
7.1.52 Remove the plunger from the syringe.
7.1.53 Remove the oil fill adapter from the oil fill plughole and replace it with
the oil fill adapter on the syringe.
7.1.54 Plug the adapter on oil fill supply line.
7.1.55 Wipe excess oil off the assembly and the plug area.
7.1.56 Place the pulser in a tabletop chain vice, resting on blocks of wood, in
the horizontal position with the syringe in the vertical position.
7.1.57 Connect the chain over the solenoid housing, near the syringe.
7.1.58 Verify that the mud compensator holes are open.
7.1.59 Remove the end caps from both sides of the pressure apparatus.
7.1.60 Slide the nut, washer and o-ring past the window on the screen housing
and the mud compensator holes.
7.1.61 Slide the pressure apparatus into the nut and loosely tighten.
7.1.62 Install the o-ring, washer and nut onto the outside end of the pressure
apparatus, to hand-tight.
7.1.63 Install thread protectors to the screen housing, to hand-tight.
7.1.64 Power-on the air pressure source to 60 lbs.
7.1.65 Turn the air pressure regulator knob counter-clockwise to the “off”
position.
7.1.66 Turn the air source line to the pressure apparatus plug.
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
7.1.67 Gradually increase the air pressure to 40 lbs by turning the air pressure
regulator knob clockwise. At 40 lbs of air pressure the level of oil in the
syringe should be from 20 to 24cc. Note the number.
7.1.68 Verify that the oil is not discolored and there are no bubbles.
7.1.69 Release the air pressure completely, by turning the air pressure regulator
knob counter-clockwise.
7.1.70 Increase the air pressure by turning the air pressure regulator knob
clockwise, until you reach 10cc less than the number noted above.
7.1.71 Write the resulting amount of oil on line 6 of the data sheet.
7.1.72 Remove the syringe, and discard the oil in an approved container.
7.1.73 Verify that the oil in the tool is at the top of the hole.
7.1.74 Plug the oil fill.
7.1.75 Wipe the excess oil off the assembly and the plug area.
7.1.76 Remove the threaded protector.
7.1.77 Remove the air supply hose, and reduce the air pressure to zero psi.
7.1.78 Loosen the nuts on the pressure apparatus.
7.1.79 Move the assembly to the next assembly queue.
7.2 When there is a conflict of information in the instructions the order of precedence
of documentation is listed below:
(1) Product Specification and Drawings and manufacturing instructions contained

on them.
(2) Manufacturing Flow Chart
(3) Manufacturing Procedures (MPs)
(4) Process Instructions, such as welding procedures (Ps, P.I.s and P.P.I.s)
(5) Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs)
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
8.0 EXHIBITS
8.1 Pulser Force Test Valve Positions
ASSY, PULSER OIL FILLED 175C MWD

PULSER FORCE TEST (aka) VACUUM TEST
Valve A Valve B Valve C Valve D

( vacuum ) ( tool valve ) ( atmosphere ) ( oil reserve )
Procedure
Number
CLOSED CLOSED OPEN CLOSED

7.1.1
7.1.4
open * * *
7.1.5 * * close 1/8 turn *
7.1.7 * * * open
7.1.8 * * * close
7.1.14 * * * verify close
7.1.15
verify open * * *
7.1.17 * open 1/8 turn * *
7.1.18 * open * *
7.1.25
close * close *
7.1.27 * verify open * *
7.1.30 * * verify close *
7.1.31
open * * *
g Reuter-Stokes
NO. SOP-2024
DATE 01/21/03
REV. DRAFT
ASSY, PULSER OIL FILLED 175C MWD

PULSER FORCE TEST (aka) VACUUM TEST
Valve A Valve B Valve C Valve D

( vacuum ) ( tool valve ) ( atmosphere ) ( oil reserve )
Procedure
Number
7.1.34 * * open 1/8 turn *

7.1.35
close * * *
7.1.41 * * close *
7.1.42
open * * *
7.1.44
close * * *
7.1.47 * * open *
7.1.50 * close * *
Valve
Status at
End of
VERIFY CLOSED VERIFY CLOSED VERIFY OPEN VERIFY CLOSED
Test
Chart * - See Previous Step

Notes: for Valve Position.
Valve C
Valve A
Vacuum / Oil Chamber
In-Line Filter
< To Vacuum Pump
Valve D
Vacuum Gauge
New Oil
Silicon
Valve B
Pulser Oil - Fill Fixture

981133 Bill of Materials
L PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UOM QTY

1 102971 SCREW, FLAT HEAD, STAINLESS STEEL - 6-32 X 1/4, PHILLIPS EA 6
1 104420 SCREW, SET, STAINLESS STEEL - 8-32 X 1/8, CUP POINT EA 4
1 104523 WASHER, , STAINLESS STEEL - .375 X .188 EA 1
1 126710 SHRINK TUBING,1/16,KYNAR 14 FT BOX EA 0.001
1 381580 ORING AS-126 75D VITON EA 1
1 400073 SOLDER SN96 AG04 #58 44 .020 QQS571E WRAP2 RL 0.001
1 981007 ORING AS-127 VITON 75D EA 6
1 -981012 HOUSING POPPET PULSER MWD EA 1
2 R04110 BECU25,BAR,1.875D,TH04 C[17200] IN 14
1 -981038 SIGNAL VALVE SHAFT EA 1
2 R04185 BECU25,1.25D, .375ID, AT C17200,TF00,TUBING IN 14
1 981076 MAIN SPRING EA 1
1 981106 Oring, , Viton - AS-012, 70D EA 2
1 981120 SAFETY WIRE, .025DIA, 302 1 POUND SPOOL RL 0.001
1 -981135 SOLENOID ASSEMBLY EA 1
2 -981124 SHAFT, SOLENOID, PULSER REPLACES 981121 EA 1
3 103380 SCREW,SS, 6-32,SET,7/8 EA 0
3 400197 LOCTITE,PERMANENT,270 THREADLOCKER EA 0.001
3 R00980 7075,BAR,ROUND,.375"DIA ALUMINUM 7075T651 IN 3.5
2 -981178 CLAPPER, HOLDING COIL EA 1
3 R04160 CARPENTER 430FR,1.5"D,BAR ANNEALED, 88RCMAX IN 0.25
2 -981181 SPACER,NON-MAG,HOLD COIL EA 1
3 R02700 360,BAR,ROUND,1.500"DIA BRASS ALLOY 360 IN 0.13
2 -981199 COIL, HOLDING EA 1
3 380040 WIRE MAGNET 34AWG HML HVY POLYTHERMALEZE LB 0.25
3 400070 GLYPT,RED GC109002 2 OZ BOTTLE EA 0.01
3 400135 RTV 627 GREY WITH CATALYST EA 0.01
3 400183 KAPTON TAPE 1/2" WIDE 36 YD ROLL EA 0.01
3 -981177 BOBBIN, HOLDING COIL EA 1

4 R01150 7075,BAR,ROUND,1.25"DIA ALUMINUM 7075T651 IN 2.25
3 M16878/4BEE-0 WIRE,TFE,24GA,BLACK 19X36 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.5
3 M16878/4BEE-2 WIRE,TFE,24GA,RED 19X36 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.5
2 -981305 PLUNGER STOP EA 1
3 R04015 STEEL, STR PROOF 1.75 DIA EA 1.1
2 -981306 GASKET,PULL-IN COIL EA 1
3 R05080 NEOPRENE,1/16" SF 0.012
2 -981307 GASKET, HOLDING COIL F EA 1
3 R05080 NEOPRENE,1/16" SF 0.012
2 981308 PIN,SST,.062D,.188LG EA 2
2 981313 PLUNGER, SOLENOID REPLACES 981304 EA 1
2 981336 PIN,DOWEL, SST,.062D .25"LONG,.0625"DIA EA 3
2 -981338 SOLENOID STRUCTURE EA 1
3 400198 LOCTITE 272 HIGH TEMP HIGH STRENGTH EA 0.001
3 -981279 OUTER CORE, HOLDING COIL EA 1
3 -981281 INNER CORE, OUTER SLEEVE EA 1
3 -981339 SOLENOID RETAINER EA 1
4 R02700 360,BAR,ROUND,1.500"DIA BRASS ALLOY 360 IN 2
2 981367 DOWEL PIN,D14-5, 7/32 LNG EA 2
2 981474 PIN,SPIROL,SS,.099DX.5LG EA 1
2 -981715 COIL, PULL-IN EA 1
3 400070 GLYPT,RED GC109002 2 OZ BOTTLE EA 0.01
3 400135 RTV 627 GREY WITH CATALYST EA 0.01
3 400181 KAPTON TAPE 1" WIDE 36 YD ROLL EA 0.01
3 400186 KAPTON TAPE,1/4" WIDE 36 YD ROLL (SEE J306548) RL 0.01
3 -981714 BOBBIN, PULL-IN COIL EA 1
4 982190 ANODIZE TYP3 CLS1 CLRHARD MIL8625 REF PN 982199 EA 1
4 R01300 7075,BAR,ROUND,1.375"DIA ALUMINUM 7075T651 IN 2.5
3 981889 WIRE, 25HML,DBL-INSULATED LB 0.5
3 M16878/4BFE-0 WIRE,TFE,22GA,BLACK 19X34 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1
3 M16878/4BFE-1 WIRE,TFE,22GA,BROWN 19X34 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1
1 981140 POPPET END #1 (1.122) EA 1
1 -981141 SHAFT, SPRING, PULSER EA 1

2 400197 LOCTITE,PERMANENT,270 THREADLOCKER EA 0.001
2 R00980 7075,BAR,ROUND,.375"DIA ALUMINUM 7075T651 IN 11.3
1 -981142 BELLOWS SHAFT EA 1
2 R03899 ROD,BECU,25,3/16D,AT C[17200], AT [TF00] IN 4
1 981143 SPRING WAVE STANDARD 1.12 BORE 17-7 SST EA 1
1 981144 DOWEL PIN, D27-250 PIC D27-250 OR D17-250 EA 1
1 981145 RING RET 1.250 SPIRAL SS INTERNAL EA 1
1 -981148 PISTON CAP EA 1
2 R03903 BECU25,BAR,1.5"D,AT[TF00] C17200, TF00 IN 1.2
1 -981149 SPRING SHAFT PLUG EA 1
2 R00300 2024,BAR,ROUND,1/2"DIA ALUMINUM 2024T351 IN 1.2
1 -981154 WIRE TUBE EA 1
2 R04184 2024,TUB,0.750OD .120WALL 2024-T3 IN 12.5
1 -981155 COMPEN. MEMBRANE SUPPORT EA 1
2 R03911 BECU25, BAR, 1.25D, AT C[17200], AT[TFOO] IN 6
1 -981157 HOUSING MUD COMPENSATOR 150C PULSER MWD EA 1
2 R04110 BECU25,BAR,1.875D,TH04 C[17200] IN 8.5
1 -981160 SHORT SPRING SPACER EA 2
1 -981161 COIL HOUSING, PLUG END EA 1
2 R03903 BECU25,BAR,1.5"D,AT[TF00] C17200, TF00 IN 1.5
1 -981162 SLEEVE,WEAR,SIGNAL PISTON,MWD,PULSER EA 1
2 R04165 17-4PHSST,TUB,1.6OD 1.4ID COND H1025 IN 2
1 -981163 SHIM EA 1
2 R05045 TEFLON,ROD,1.750" DIA IN 0.2
1 981168 OIL FILL HOUSING EA 1
1 981169 PLUG,OILFILL EA 2
1 981170 STD. POLYPAK SEAL EA 1
1 -981171 WIPER - USE 981170 EA 1
2 981170 STD. POLYPAK SEAL EA 1
1 -981189 LONG SPRING SPACER EA 1
2 R00300 2024,BAR,ROUND,1/2"DIA ALUMINUM 2024T351 IN 4.75
1 981190 MEMBRANE, PRESS. COMPENS EA 1
1 -981195 SOLENOID HOUSING EA 1
2 R03920 BECU25,THO4;1.875D;1.50ID SEE ENGR FILE/SPECS FT 1.5
1 -981204 HOUSING, NO FLOW SWITCH NO HOLE FOR FLOW SWITCH EA 1
2 R04144 BECU25,TDO4, 1.875"D,BAR C17200,FULL HARD,NO H.T. IN 9.5

1 -981233 BELLOWS; HIGH TEMPS YELLOW DOT EA 1
2 981232 BELLOWS, LONG YELLOW DOT EA 1
1 981258 SILICONE OIL,50CS GE SF96-50 FLUID PX 0.035
1 -981321 PULSER/HELIX END EA 1
2 R04102 17-4PH SS,CONDA,1-7/8 D IN 11.5
1 -981348 SERVO-POPPET ASSEMBLY EA 1
2 100880 SCREW, SOCKET HEAD CAP, STAINLESS STEEL - 2-56 X 1/4 EA 0
2 981207 BASE, SERVO-POPPET MODIFIED EXTENDER EA 1
2 -981267 SIDE PIECE, SERVOPOPPET EA 1
2 -981346 TIP SUPPORT,SERVOPOPPET EA 1
2 981347 TIP, SERVO-POPPET EA 1
2 981354 FIXTR,CRIMP,SERVO POPPET 2 PIECES EA 0
1 981391 CERAMIC POPPET ORIFICE EA 1
1 981392 SERVO ORIFICE EA 1
1 981477 SCREEN, 8-32 FH MOUNT EA 3
1 -981513 PRESSURE BULKHEAD EA 1
2 R04110 BECU25,BAR,1.875D,TH04 C[17200] IN 8
1 981519 POSITION SCREW EA 2
1 -981534 FLOW SENSOR PLUG, EFS EA 1
1 -981543 POSITION SPACER EA 1
1 -981598 CONN,ASSY,175C,M4 POLE EA 1
2 381337 CONN,GNTWD,MALE,4POS,175C EA 1
2 400073 SOLDER SN96 AG04 #58 44 .020 QQS571E WRAP2 RL 0
2 400120 PRIMER RTV 615 BLUE SS4155 EA 0
2 400135 RTV 627 GREY WITH CATALYST EA 0
2 400198 LOCTITE 272 HIGH TEMP HIGH STRENGTH EA 0
2 981396 FIXTURE CURING CONNECTOR ROTATABLE EA 0
2 981595 SUPPORT, 4COND PIN EA 1
2 981596 FIXTURE MALE 4-PIN EA 0
2 -981682 CONNECTOR 6 PIN / 4 SOCKET KEYLESS 200C EA 1
3 981681 CONNECTOR 6 PIN / 4 SOCKET 200C EA 1
1 -981599 CONNECTOR,175C,F4 POLE EA 1

2 400135 RTV 627 GREY WITH CATALYST EA 0
1 -981823 ABRASION RING, HELIX END EA 1
2 R04142 TUBING,1.875D,.109WALL IN 0.75
1 R04190 SPRING, SOLENOID RETURN EA 2
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 4
981600 Battery Pack Assembly
Battery Maintenance
981600-04 Rev F Assembly Drawing
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Battery Maintenance version 3.00, July 2003
MWD Battery Housing Part Number 981675

This section of the Maintenance Manual is designed to instruct the shop
technician to totally disassemble and re-assemble the battery module. Total
disassembly is required every time a battery housing is returned to the shop from
a job.
The Tensor MWD field operator should be knowledgeable in performing the

assembly and disassembly of battery housings in the field to the point of being
able to remove discharged battery packs and installing new battery packs into the
battery housing. In the case of high temperature environments, the field operator
must be able to perform the total break down of the module to change the
required elastomers.
g GE Power Systems
1.0 The Battery Housing
Top or Uphole End Bottom or Downhole End
Safety Plug Intermodule End Downhole
Intermodule End Uphole Battery Pressure Housing
Interconnect Housing Interconnect Housing
Note: Disassembly of the battery module must always start at the Uphole end.
g GE Power Systems
2.0 Tools Required
A B C D E
F G
A. Spanner Wrench E. Wooden Dowel

B. 3/32” Hex Driver F. Loctite 242 Blue
C. 1/8” Hex Driver G. Kapton Tape
D. ¼” Hex Driver H. 1 7/8” Gearench
g GE Power Systems
3.0 Disassembly: Uphole End
3.1 Remove the Safety Plug from the side of the battery housing, near
the Uphole end, with a ¼” Hex driver.
3.2 Unscrew the Uphole End Plug protector with the Spanner Wrench.
End Plug
g GE Power Systems
3.3 Using two Gearenches, break the connection between the

Interconnect Housing and the Intermodule end. Remove the
Interconnect Housing, exposing the Bulkhead Retainer.
Interconnect Housing
3.4 Remove the two screws holding the Bulkhead Retainer to the
Intermodule End with a 3/32” Hex driver.
Intermodule End Bulkhead Retainer

g GE Power Systems
3.5 Push the 6-Pin Connector through the Bulkhead Retainer using the
Wooden Dowell and remove the bulkhead retainer.
3.6 The 6-Pin Connector and wires are now exposed.

The Intermodule End may now be removed.
g GE Power Systems
3.7 Loosen the Uphole Intermodule End using two Gearenches.

Unscrew the Intermodule End.
The Connection is here
3.8 Remove the Uphole Intermodule End

g GE Power Systems
4.0 Disassembly – Downhole End
4.1 Remove Downhole End Plug
Note: For field maintenance, do not remove the Interconnect Housing

from the Downhole Intermodule End: Skip Steps 4.2 to 4.6.
4.2 Break the connection between the Downhole Interconnect Housing

and the Intermodule End.
g GE Power Systems
4.3 Remove the Bulkhead Retainer using the same procedure listed in
steps 3.3 to 3.8. After the Downhole Bulkhead Retainer is
removed, two Split Shells are exposed. Remove the Split Shells.
Split Shells
4.4 Using two Gearenches, break the connection between the

Downhole Intermodule End and the Battery Pressure Housing.
g GE Power Systems
4.5 Use the Spanner Wrench to remove the Intermodule End. Make
sure that the Uphole pigtail rotates freely while removing the
Intermodule End.
4.6 Place a protector over the Uphole pigtail.
Protector on
Uphole Pigtail
g GE Power Systems
4.7 Pull the Battery out of the Battery Pressure Housing far enough to
expose the Snubber Unit.
Snubber Unit
4.8 Remove Kapton Tape from the Snubber Unit.

g GE Power Systems
4.9 Hold the Snubber Unit sideways and remove the four screws
holding the snubber unit to the battery.
4.10 Remove old battery and locate the fresh battery.

g GE Power Systems
5.0 Replacing the Battery
5.1 Remove the battery from the plastic bag. Save the paperwork
included with the battery for record keeping.
5.2 Insert Battery into Downhole end of Battery Pressure Housing.

Note: Battery replacement must always start at the Downhole end
of the Battery Pressure Housing.
5.3 Put Loctite 246 Blue on threads of Downhole Intermodule End /

Snubber Unit screws.
Screws have Loctite on threads

and are ready to be installed
g GE Power Systems
5.4 Insert screws. Tighten screws with 1/8” Hex driver.
Intermodule End
with Snubber Unit
5.5 Apply Kapton Tape separately around top and bottom part of
Snubber Unit.
Top Bottom
Apply Kapton Tape

separately to top and
bottom of Snubber
g GE Power Systems
5.6 Insert Battery into Battery Pressure Housing.
5.7 Screw the Battery with Downhole Intermodule End / Snubber Unit
into Battery Pressure Housing using the Spanner Wrench
g GE Power Systems
5.8 Torque the Intermodule End to the Battery Pressure Housing with
two Gearenches.
5.9 Place two Split Shells on end of Pig Tail. Apply grease to O-ring
on 4-Pin Connector.
g GE Power Systems
Split Shells
4-Pin Connector
5.10 Connect the Downhole Bulkhead Retainer to the Intermodule End

with two screws. Use the 3/32” Hex driver to tighten the screws.
Note: Tighten the two screws only until barely snug to allow the
Bulkhead Retainer to “self-align” when the Interconnect housing is
installed.
g GE Power Systems
5.11 Install the Interconnect Housing over the Bulkhead Retainer and
screw on to the threaded portion of the Intermodule End. Tighten
the Interconnect Housing with two Gearenches.
5.12 At the Uphole end of the Battery Pressure Housing, install the
Uphole Intermodule End, then torque tight with two Gearenches.
g GE Power Systems
5.13 Connect the Bulkhead Retainer to the Intermodule End with two
screws. Tighten the screws with the 1/8” Hex driver.
5.14 Install the Interconnect Housing and torque it tight with two
Gearenches.
g GE Power Systems
5.15 Install the End Protectors.
5.16 Install the Safety Plug into the side of the battery housing, near the
uphole end, with a ¼” Hex driver.
g GE Power Systems
981675 Battery Housing, MWD

BOM (Bill of Materials)
Part
Level Description UOM Qty
Number
SCREW, FILLISTER HEAD, STAINLESS STEEL
1 100560 EA 2
- 2-56 X 3/8, SLOTTED
SCREW, SOCKET HEAD CAP, STAINLESS STEEL
1 102010 EA 4
- 4-40 X 1/4
1 103180 EA 4
- 6-32 X 1/2
1 103200 EA 4
- 6-32 X 3/4
1 381510 Oring, , Viton - AS-011, EA 1
1 -981505 BULKHEAD RETAINER, TOP EA 1
1 -981506 SPLIT SHELL PR 2
2 R04185 BECU25,1.25D, .375ID, AT C17200,TF00,TUBING IN 2.5
1 -981509 HOUSING INTERCONNECT EA 2
2 R03916 BE/CU,TUB,1.875ODX1.125ID ALLOY 25 TH04 IN 8.6
1 -981514 INTERMODULE END EA 1
BECU25,TDO4, 1.875"D,BAR C17200,FULL
2 R04144 IN 6
HARD,NO H.T.
1 -981521 RETAINER BULKHEAD BOTTOM EA 1
SNUBSHOCKASSY BATTPK MOLD RANDOLPH
1 -981617 EA 1
COMPOUND 954
2 -981527 SNUBBER BOTTOM EA 1
3 R00410 2024,BAR,RND,1.50"DIA ALUMINUM 2024T351 IN 2.25
2 981612 SNUBBER TOP, BATT PK EA 1
1 -981631 INTERMOD END, BAT. PACK EA 1
BECU25,TDO4, 1.875"D,BAR C17200,FULL
2 R04144 IN 6
HARD,NO H.T.
g GE Power Systems
Part
Level Description UOM Qty
Number
1 -981635 HOUSING PRESSURE BATTERY / GAMMA EA 1
BECU25,THO4;1.875D;1.50ID SEE ENGR
2 R03920 FT 4.3333
FILE/SPECS
1 -981645 PLUG,SAFETY,BATT MODULE BLOW-BY PLUG EA 1
2 R04191 302/304 SST, ROD, 1.0"DIA IN 0.75
1 -981845 PROTECTOR THREAD MODULE EA 2
2 R02850 360, BAR, RND,1.875DIA BRASS ALLOY 360 IN 2
1 -981991 PIGTAIL, BATTERY SNUBBER EA 1
2 126711 TUBING SHRINK 3/32 KYNAR EA 0.05
2 126712 SHRINK TUBING,1/8,KYNAR 10 FT BOX EA 0
2 127000 SHRINK TUBING,1/4,HIGHTMP EA 0
2 381095 CONNECTOR, MDM, 15PIN, NON MAG, HT, FLOAT EA 1
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
2 400190 TAPE FIBERGLASS 1/2" WIDE 3M TAPE #69 RL 0.02
2 981680 CONN,4PIN/6SOCKET,200C FACES DOWNHOLE EA 1
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150 (FAX)
Section 5
Directional Module Assembly
Maintenance
Disassembly, Inspection, Reassembly
Troubleshooting Sheet
Ring Out Sheets
qW32 Server qTalk Procedures
qProg/11 System Utilities
MWDRoll32 System Utility
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
Tensor MWD
Directional Module Assembly
Version 3.00 July 2003
981900 Directional Module - 150°C

981910 High Temp - 175°C
981902 Memory/Recorder Board
981903 Memory/Recorder Board/High Temp
g GE Power Systems
Notes
Make copies of the Ringout sheets and the troubleshooting report forms.
Use these forms to record your troubleshooting procedures and other
data related to the test. This data can then be faxed or E-mailed to GE
Power Systems for evaluation prior to shipping. The data should also
accompany the tool when it is transported to GE Power Systems.
GE Power Systems
Reuter-Stokes, Inc.
1840 Royston Lane
Round Rock TEXAS 78664
Round Rock, TEXAS 78664
(512) 251-4131 (Ask for Repairs Department)
(512) 251-7396 FAX Marketing
(512) 252-6140 FAX Manufacturing
g GE Power Systems
Directional Module Maintenance Procedures
The Directional Module contains the Orientation Module (OM), the Data Acquisition
Assembly (DAQ), and the Electronics Strongback, which contains the Triple Power
Supply (3xPS) and the Microprocessor (MPTx). These three units are assembled
together to make the Directional Module. The OM contains the accelerometer and
magnetometer sensor packages used to gather the required directional
measurements used to derive the survey and toolface data necessary to drill a well.
Many other forms of data can be derived from this data and from the sensors
contained within the OM. The DAQ is an analog-to-digital converter. It is also an
integral part of the package, and must remain mated with the matching OM package.
The Electronics Strongback contains the power supply that controls the power
throughout the probe and the microprocessor that contains all of the firmware to
operate the probe and all of the calibration data for the OM package. These three
units operate in unison to make up the Directional Module. The integrity of the
system must be maintained to assure survey accuracy and continued quality service.
Technicians in the shop and operators in the field should regularly perform the
MWDRoll procedure (see the following pages). The MWDRoll procedure is included
in this manual and in the Operations Manual. The results of the MWDRoll procedure
will test the calibration integrity of the module to insure that the system is providing
accurate survey data and performance. It will also indicate whether any of the six
sensors in the module may be defective or failed. Ideally, the test should be run
before and after each run in the hole. The maintenance technician should also
maintain a file on each module and perform a roll test in the shop prior to shipping the
tool out to each job.
In addition to the MWDRoll test, all technicians should conduct a Ringout test (see
the following pages) when the system returns to the shop. This test will inform the
technician of any developing problems with the electrical integrity of the module. In
case of any concerns with the data from the Ringout test, the technician can transmit
the data to GE Power Systems for analysis. Note the different Ringout tables for the
different Directional Modules in service.
Trained technicians in the shop should periodically inspect the mechanical integrity of
the Directional Module. Only disassemble the module in a clean environment using
complete Electro-Static Discharge (ESD) controls. ESD controls are vital to protect
the electronics contained in the Directional Module. Please follow the enclosed
disassembly and inspection instructions.
g GE Power Systems
Directional Module
Disassembly, Inspection and Reassembly Procedures
Note: A roll test must be performed prior to any disassembly of the Directional
Module. Repair of electronics and proper calibration of the QDT MWD orientation
module can only be properly performed at the factory. Should the unit fail to pass a
roll test, it should be returned to the factory for full servicing.
1. Servicing of MWD Directional Module (following successful completion of

MWDRoll test)
1.1. Removal of Electronics Assembly from Pressure Housing.

Note: When making or breaking threaded connections, use only
Petol-Gearench, Parmalee wrenches, or equivalent tools with
smooth gripping surfaces to grip the barrel.
1.1.1. From the UpHole end of the module, first remove the Thread Protector
(981845), then remove the Interconnect Housing (981509).
Note: The exposed connector should have 6pins/4 sockets.
1.1.2. Support the Top Bulkhead retainer (981505) and remove the two 4-40
X ¼ SCS screws (102010), which fasten it to the Intermodule End
(981514). Carefully pull and disengage the tabs and slots of the Top
bulkhead Retainer and the Intermodule End.
1.1.3. Rotate the Top Bulkhead Retainer to align the tabs of both pieces.
While supporting the Top Bulkhead Retainer with one hand, use a ½”
wooden or plastic dowel to push the 6-pin/4-socket connector in order
to break free the O-ring seal. Use the ½” dowel to hold the connector
while sliding the Top Bulkhead Retainer away from the assembly.
Remove both halves of the Split Shell (981506).
1.1.4. Slowly unscrew the UpHole Intermodule End from the Sensor Pressure
Housing (981725) while carefully passing the connector through the
Intermodule End. Avoid stressing the solder connections on the
connector.
1.1.5. From the DownHole end of the module, first remove the Thread
Protector (981845), then remove the Interconnect Housing (981509).
Carefully unscrew the remaining Intermodule End from the Sensor
Pressure Housing. With the entire module lying flat, slowly slide the
Intermodule End with the electronics assembly attached, from the
Pressure Housing far enough to expose the Snubber Shock Assembly
(981730).
g GE Power Systems
2. Inspection of Directional Module

Note: ESD controls must be used when performing this inspection.
2.1. Inspect all accessible fasteners and check for tightness.
2.2. Inspect the UpHole end of the Snubber Shock Assembly and the DownHole
end of the OM, where the two ends are joined, to make sure that the ends
DO NOT rotate with respect to each other and DO NOT move lengthwise
with respect to each other.
2.3. Inspect the rubber-like compound on the snubber shock for any visible signs
of deterioration or separation from the structure. Check for any traces of
black powder residue or other foreign matter that may indicate excessive
abrasion and wear in the area of the Snubber Shock.
2.4. Check all screw connections along the assembly as it is carefully removed
from the Pressure Housing. It is very important to provide support to the
Snubber Shock as the tool is removed.
3. Reassembly of Directional Module

3.1. Clean and inspect all O-rings. Replace all damaged or old O-rings.
Lubricate O-rings thoroughly with DC4 (400041). Clean and inspect all
mating threads and O-ring surfaces.
3.2. Carefully slide the assembly back into the lower end of the pressure
Housing and screw together hand tight.
3.3. Carefully thread the pigtail through the UpHole Intermodule End and screw
it in place hand tight.
Note: The castellated end with the two screw holes should be left exposed.
3.4. Match the Split Shell pair around the UpHole 6-pin connector and hold with
one hand. Line up the slot, in the UpHole end of the Top Bulkhead
Retainer, with the key on the 6-pin connector and carefully slide the retainer
over the connector into place. Insure that the connector key engages
properly into the slot of the retainer.
3.5. Rotate the Top Bulkhead Retainer to align the two screw holes (and also
align the tabs with the Top Bulkhead Retainer slots and the UpHole
Intermodule End.) Secure the Top Bulkhead Retainer with two 4-40 X ¼
SCS screws (102010) and removable Loctite 242 in paste form. (Refer to
Notes on Assembly Procedure.)
g GE Power Systems
3.6. Install the remaining Interconnect Housing and make up all connections with
the barrel wrenches to approximately 120 ft-lb. torque.
3.7. Perform the MWDRoll test procedure. Install two thread protectors with
O-rings (381611) installed and greased.
Note: If the Directional Module fails to pass the roll test, transmit the data to
GE Power Systems Tensor MWD Technical Services. GE Power
Systems personnel will review the data to determine whether the
module should be returned to the factory. Should the Directional
Module continue to fail the MWDRoll test procedure, then it must be
returned to the manufacturer for proper testing and re-calibration.
Send to:
GE Power Systems
Reuter-Stokes
1840 Royston Lane
Round Rock, TEXAS 78664
Attn: Repair Dept.
(512) 251- 4131 [Office]

(512) 251- 7396 [FAX].
Be sure to include a complete troubleshooting record with the Directional

Module and the printout of the roll test results. Without a complete
troubleshooting guide, the repair process could possibly take longer.
g GE Power Systems
QDT MWD Directional Module Troubleshooting Sheet
Technician:
Date:
Work Order Number:

Orientation Module
S/N:
(970740 or 970750)
Data Acquisition Unit
S/N:
(970730 or 384049)
Strongback, QSI
S/N:
(384027 or 384049)
Single Port MPU, QSI
S/N:
(384010, 384040, 384047, or 384048)
Triple Power Supply, QSI
S/N:
(384011 or 384041)
Firmware Version
Ver:
(384046, 384051 or 384052)
Software Version (PC) Ver:
qMWDW32 – V______________
Detailed Troubleshooting Documentation:

g GE Energy
DM Serial Number: _____________________ Date: _____________________
Ring Out Sheet for PN 981900 or 981910, MWD Directional Module

containing the Single Port MPU w/8MB Recorder Memory, PN# 384086
1-BAR>1M Ω 2-BAR>1M Ω 3-BAR>1M Ω 4-BAR>1M Ω 5-BAR>1M Ω 6-BAR>1M Ω 7-BAR>1M Ω 8-BAR>1M Ω 9-BAR>1M Ω 10-BAR>1MΩ
1-1<1 Ω Notes: Do NOT use Meg-ohm meters: they will DAMAGE the electronic modules.
Use a reputable brand Digital Multimeter (DMM) to make all measurements.
Polarity must be observed to make correct measurements. Connect the:
1-2>1M Ω 2-2<1 Ω Red or (+) lead to the Uphole connector on the Breakout Box.
Black or (-) lead to the DownHole connector on the Breakout Box.
Measurements are made column-wise.
The 1st number in each cell always identifies the downhole connector number.
1-3>1M Ω 2-3>1M Ω 3-3<1 Ω The 2nd number always identifies the uphole connector number.
Pay close attention to the "<" and " >" signs on the chart.
Resistances can vary due to normal variation in electronic components.
1-4>37.5 K Ω 2-4>1M Ω 3-4>1M Ω 4-4<1 Ω Measurements taken should be > or < the value as stated in each cell:
if not, the module will need further diagnosis or repair.
1-5>35 K Ω 2-5>1M Ω 3-5>1M Ω 4-5>75 K Ω 5-5<1 Ω
1-6>45 K Ω 2-6>1M Ω 3-6>1M Ω 4-6>45 K Ω 5-6>100 K Ω 6-6<1 Ω
1-7>1M Ω 2-7>1M Ω 3-7>1M Ω 4-7>1M Ω 5-7>1M Ω 6-7>1M Ω 7-7<1 Ω
1-8>35 K Ω 2-8>1M Ω 3-8>1M Ω 4-8>25 K Ω 5-8>75K Ω 6-8>80 K Ω 7-8>1M Ω 8-8<1 Ω
1-9>1M Ω 2-9>1M Ω 3-9>1M Ω 4-9>1M Ω 5-9>1M Ω 6-9>1M Ω 7-9>1M Ω 8-9>1M Ω 9-9<1 Ω
1-10>45K Ω 2-10>1M Ω 3-10>1M Ω 4-10>75K Ω 5-10>75K Ω 6-10>75K Ω 7-10>1M Ω 8-10>75K Ω 9-10>1M Ω 10-10<1 Ω
g GE Energy
Ring Out Sheet for PN 981900 or 981910, MWD Directional Module

containing the Single Port MPU without Recorder Memory, PN# 384040
1-BAR>1M Ω 2-BAR>1M Ω 3-BAR>1M Ω 4-BAR>1M Ω 5-BAR>1M Ω 6-BAR>1M Ω 7-BAR>1M Ω 8-BAR>1M Ω 9-BAR>1M Ω 10-BAR>1M Ω
1-3>1M Ω 2-3>1M Ω 3-3<1 Ω The 1st number in each cell always identifies the downhole connector number.
The 2nd number always identifies the uphole connector number.
1-4>37.5 K Ω 2-4>1M Ω 3-4>1M Ω 4-4<1 Ω Resistances can vary due to normal variation in electronic components.
Measurements taken should be > or < the value as stated in each cell:
1-5>1M Ω 2-5>1M Ω 3-5>1M Ω 4-5>1M Ω 5-5<1 Ω
1-6>45 K Ω 2-6>1M Ω 3-6>1M Ω 4-6>45 K Ω 5-6>1M Ω 6-6<1 Ω
1-7>1M Ω 2-7>1M Ω 3-7>1M Ω 4-7>1M Ω 5-7>1M Ω 6-7>1M Ω 7-7<1 Ω
1-8>30 K Ω 2-8>1M Ω 3-8>1M Ω 4-8>25 K Ω 5-8>1M Ω 6-8>80 K Ω 7-8>1M Ω 8-8<1 Ω
1-10>1M Ω 2-10>1M Ω 3-10>1M Ω 4-10>1M Ω 5-10>1M Ω 6-10>1M Ω 7-10>1M Ω 8-10>1M Ω 9-10>1M Ω 10-10<1 Ω
g GE Energy
Ring Out Sheet for PN 981915, MWD Directional Module with 3 Bay Chassis
containing 2 Single Port MPU’s w/8MB Recorder Memory, PN# 384086
1-BAR>1M Ω 2-BAR>1M Ω 3-BAR>1M Ω 4-BAR>1M Ω 5-BAR>1M Ω 6-BAR>1M Ω 7-BAR>1M Ω 8-BAR>1M Ω 9-BAR>1M Ω 10-BAR>1M Ω
The 1st number in each cell always identifies the downhole connector number.
1-3>1M Ω 2-3>1M Ω 3-3<1 Ω The 2nd number always identifies the uphole connector number.
Resistances can vary due to normal variation in electronic components.
1-4>37.5 K Ω 2-4>1M Ω 3-4>1M Ω 4-4<1 Ω Measurements taken should be > or < the value as stated in each cell:
1-5>5 K Ω 2-5>1M Ω 3-5>1M Ω 4-5>50 K Ω 5-5<1 Ω
1-6>45 K Ω 2-6>1M Ω 3-6>1M Ω 4-6>45 K Ω 5-6>100 K Ω 6-6<1 Ω
1-7>1M Ω 2-7>1M Ω 3-7>1M Ω 4-7>1M Ω 5-7>1M Ω 6-7>1M Ω 7-7<1 Ω
1-8>35 K Ω 2-8>1M Ω 3-8>1M Ω 4-8>25 K Ω 5-8>50K Ω 6-8>80 K Ω 7-8>1M Ω 8-8<1 Ω
1-10>20K Ω 2-10>1M Ω 3-10>1M Ω 4-10>75K Ω 5-10>30k Ω 6-10>100k Ω 7-10>1M Ω 8-10>50k Ω 9-10>1M Ω 10-10<1 Ω
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150 (FAX)
qW32 Server
qTalk Procedures
This document is an unpublished work. Copyright 2003 (Revised) GE Power Systems. All rights reserved.
This document and all information and expressions contained herein are the property of GE Power Systems and
are provided to the recipient in confidence on a “need to know” basis. Your use of this document is strictly limited
to a legitimate business purpose requiring the information contained therein. Your use of this document
constitutes acceptance of these terms.
g GE Power Systems
qTalk NOTICE TO ALL qMWD™ USERS

qTalk is still an available DOS system program. It is needed to operate the
BootLoad program and load the firmware to the individual processors, 05, 09, and 20.
The same commands are still available and still apply. At the end of this section, you
will find the directions for operating the DOS version of the qTalk program. Following
is a description of the new W32 qServer system that operates via the qNIC device
attached to the qBus cable, commonly called the dongle.
g GE Power Systems
INTRODUCTION
qTalk System Utilities is the program used to communicate with the various nodes
on the qTalk for Win95 version, now contained in the qW32 Server program.
To access the qW32 Server, simply place the mouse arrow on the qW32 Server Icon
located on the Task Bar and click once. The following window will appear.
The Win32 qTalk display is entirely different from the previous DOS version, and is more
versatile.
By simply clicking on the qTalk button or pressing the q key the following window will appear.
g GE Power Systems
qTalk/W32 Window
qTalk/W32 is a limited version of qTalk for 32 bit windows.
qTalk contains one small, single-line window above three large, main windows.
The single-line, Message contents window allows the operator to choose messages
to send to the systems, selecting from numerous hard-coded options, or entering
mnemonics as listed at the end of this chapter.
The upper large window, Received Messages, displays all messages sent and
received in a constantly scrolling fashion. The operator can pause the scrolling by
clicking the Pause button.
The middle large window, Sent Messages, records all messages sent by the PC
either from the program, QDTW32 or those issued by the operator via the Message
Contents window.
The lower large window, Responses, records all responses from the respective
nodes that respond to queries sent from the PC. As long as the qServer is booted
these messages and responses will be saved in the scrolling fashion.
g GE Power Systems
The operator can send queries or commands to particular node addresses by

selecting destination labels or destination addresses. The operator can perform most
commands with the ‘wild card’ ## selection and the ____ open label.
The Pause button pauses the scrolling of messages, making inspection of previous
messages easier.
The Clear Display button clears the main message windows.
The Exit button quits qTalk/W32.
Other commands:
Logging qTalk/W32 Messages to a File

Playing Back a qTalk Log File
Changing the BAUD Rate
Checking Node Status
g GE Power Systems
Node Status Window
This screen identifies all on-line nodes on the qBus and displays any warnings or
faults that each node may have. This screen is the equivalent to sending the
message:
\____##/?\qdfr? qdwr?
However, instead of showing the fault and warning register values, this screen
displays a brief description relating to each warning or fault bit set in the registers.
g GE Power Systems
Changing the BAUD Rate
To change the baud rate, start qTalk and then hold down the <Alt> key and type the
letter ‘b’. This key combination brings up the qW32Srvr BAUD Rate dialog box.
Select one of the BAUD rates, or type your own, and click on ‘OK’.
Clear the Status Window
Click the Clear Messages button on the main qW32Srvr dialog to clear all warning
and error messages from the Status window.
g GE Power Systems
Logging qTalk/W32 Messages to a File
To start logging to disk, type <Alt-L> while running the qTalk/W32 window. The
default qTalk log file name is qW32Talk.Log. To turn logging off, type <Alt-L> again.
Care should be taken in generating a qTalk log, as these logs tend to grow large very
rapidly. Notice the Logging windowpane next to the Sent Messages display.
Playing Back a qTalk Log File
To play back a qTalk/W32 log file, type <Alt-D> from the qTalk window and select the
desired log file. The default qTalk log file name is qW32Talk.Log. Playback sends all
logged messages to all qMWD/W32 client programs at a steady rate. Typing <Alt-D>
again turns off the playback feature.
g GE Power Systems
COM Port
Access the port used to communicate with the qBus nodes by clicking on the system
menu icon (the gray and black Q icon) at the top left corner of the qW32Srvr Server
window and then selecting the menu item COM Port. You must know which
COM Port is used to communicate with qBus nodes before you make the change.
In the case of notebook or laptop computers, a PCMCIA card is generally used to

communicate with qBus nodes. Use the Win95 Device Manager to determine which
port has been assigned for this card. (Refer to Win95 documentation.)
The qW32Srvr will default to COM1 when run the first time after the initial installation
of qMWDW32. If the COM Port is changed, the new COM Port is saved in the system
registry and is used each time the qW32Srvr is run.
Note: Insure the COM Port change is required. If the system is operating
properly, do not change the COM Port unless otherwise directed.
Manually Stopping the qW32Srvr
Clicking the STOP MWD System button causes the server to exit, or quit running.
In normal operation, the operator should not need to use this button. The server
keeps a list of running qMWD/W32 programs. When the last program exits, the
server exits as well.
g GE Power Systems
qTalk DOS
INTRODUCTION
qTalk System Utilities is the program used to communicate with the various network
nodes that make up the QDT MWD system. Partially enter into this program via the
qBus Monitor (Alt-7) in the qMWD_PC program. Use qTalk System Utilities to talk
directly to the MWD probe to troubleshoot the probe or any other node on the system.
Practice with this program, using the manuals provided by GE Power Systems, to
gain familiarity and master the troubleshooting process. This manual contains a list of
mnemonics with definitions to help select the proper labels to query the nodes.
Multipoint Mode
qTalk Multipoint mode allows the PC to function like a standard qMIX device on the
bus, as either the master node or a slave node. A background 'host' process handles
communications interrupts, parsing and, formatting of messages. It uses its own link
label (LnkL) and link address (LnkA) for communicating with other Multipoint nodes.
The PC keyboard and screen act either as a passive bus monitor or as an interactive,
point-to-point port (with a unique link label) for communicating with the host process.
Normal Operation and Colors
During normal Multipoint operation, the qTalk display monitors all bus
activity, with incoming characters in yellow and outgoing characters in
light blue. The operating mode for qTalk is displayed, near the top-right
corner of the screen, as a light blue character indicating one of four
states:
€ M Master Mode
• S Slave Mode
• I Idle Mode
• C Chat Mode
Note: qTalk displays the operating mode letters in upper or lower case
according to the presence or absence of communication:
• Upper Case: Currently in communication with other devices
• Lower Case: Not currently in communication with other devices
Observe that the operating mode letter changes case when you
disconnected the qBus cable.
g GE Power Systems
For an active qMIX bus, the master node sends calling and polling sequences to the
slave nodes. If another node is master and polls the qTalK' link address, qTalk
responds with light blue EOT characters. If qTalk itself is master, it sends the calling
and polling sequences in blue, while any responses from the slave nodes are in
yellow. In either master or slave modes, messages going to or from the PC node are
handled automatically by qTalk.
Some PC displays may not scroll fast enough to keep up with the qMIX calling and
polling sequences at 9600 Baud. If a display lag develops, the qTalk buffer stores up
to 8192 delayed characters, after which the message (break) appears in red to
indicate that a section of data has been dropped in order to catch up. Pressing either
the F5-CrLf (Cr = Carriage Return, Lf = Line Feed) or F7-Filt key combinations can
reduce lag in the display.
The (break) message also appears when a break sequence is received on the serial
communications line. A repeated string of breaks usually indicates operation at an
incorrect baud rate. Other warning messages that appear in red indicate problems
with the printer or with a disk file. In host mode, normal interactive dialog occurs in
green, while red indicates an error response.
g GE Power Systems
Host Mode
In addition to simply monitoring the Multipoint bus activity, the operator may send and
receive messages by routing them onto the bus through the qTalk "Host" mode.
In Host mode, the PC keyboard and screen are treated as a point-to-point port which
has the label 'Talk' and uses the address defined in the qMIX 'LnkA' control variable.
That is, LnkA is the number assigned to the PC using the 'Node Address' conventions
described in the Help in the qMWD_PC program. The Multipoint port on the serial
bus continues to operate as normal.
In qBus Monitor, you can enter the Host mode by pressing the F4 key. In qTALK, you
can enter the Host mode by pressing either the F4 key or the ESC key.
Once in Host mode, the communication display halts and presents a ">" prompt
character to solicit messages from the user. Communications are still present, but
are not displayed on screen. Only those nodes respond which have information
relating to the operator request. These nodes precede their responses with their
source routing information.
Use Host mode to investigate certain aspects and conditions on the qbus. Practice
using Host mode to gain proficiency with this system. Numerous routines allow the
operator to enter command lines and interrogate the surface system and, when
connected, the downhole system. Following are a couple of methods used to call up
the command line.
Typed Displayed Purpose

Command Line - \ඍ \ \____##/?\ Inquiry to all nodes
\05\ \____05/?\ Inquiry to node 05
Note: Target any node with its specific node address number.
Following any of these command lines, the operator can enter a label that relates to a
specific function in that particular node. Alternatively, the operator can enter a label
that relates to all nodes. If a particular node does not respond to an inquiry, that
node probably does not use that particular command or function related to that label.
To exit Host mode, press the 'F4' key or type '\M'. Once out of Host mode, the PC
returns to displaying ongoing communications.
g GE Power Systems
Scrolling Previous Commands
The qTalk program allows the operator to recall up to 10 previously invoked

commands. Press the up arrow (ඍ ) to scroll backward or the down arrow (ඏ ) to scroll
forward.
The operator can alter particular labels to perform troubleshooting or testing
functions. Enter the command code of 10 to alter labels. To check the capability
level, enter the label CLev after the command line, followed by a ?. To change the
capability level, follow the instructions below.
Note: Be very careful when altering labels. Do not alter labels indiscriminately.
Command Code
CCod 10 allows the operator to enter commands, change label values and switch
positions. Enter this command after the command line followed by an exclamation
point (!).
Example: >\ ##/?\CCod 10!
Note: Extreme Care must be taken when in this operating mode!

g GE Power Systems
Soft Keys
The soft keys on the right side of the screen allow the operator to manipulate the
operation of qTalk. However, some of the keys need not be used for normal
operation. (Note difference of display in qTalk2 and qBus Monitor). For normal
operation, the operator needs to use only:
F4 – Host
This key stops the scrolling of the display to allow the operator to perform
the desired commands. Toggling the switch will alternate the command.
F7 – Filter
This key eliminates the unanswered link addresses that are polled. Only
the nodes that are active in qMIX will be displayed.
F8 – Pause
This key stops the scrolling of the data to allow the operator to view data.
Shift+F1 – Exit
This allows the operator to exit the program.
Shift+F4 – VChk
This command performs a system check on all of the nodes attached to the
system.
Shift+F5 – qDFR
This command performs a system check on all of the nodes attached to the
system.
Note: SF4 and SF5 commands are the same routines performed on the system in
the Node Status screen in the qMWD_PC program.
Shift+F9 – Term
This command places the system into the Terminal Mode. Only operators
with extensive training in the operation of qTalk should enter this routine.
Lists of qTalk variables and mnemonics are available in the QDT Training Manual
and the qMWD Engineer's Reference Manual Vol. 2, Appendices B2 and V. Use
these labels in the inquiry mode to gain familiarity and confidence in operating qTalk.
g GE Power Systems
qTalk Terminal Mode
Use the qTalk program terminal mode only for extensive troubleshooting or for
loading the GE Power Systems software to the system. Only trained personnel
should use terminal mode or the procedures for loading the GE Power Systems
software.
The operator can easily distinguish the qTalk terminal mode display from the
Multipoint mode display. The qTalk terminal mode display is monochrome, not color,
and has unique menu options.
QTalk Terminal Mode Menus
Press the F10 key to toggle between the two available qTalk Terminal mode menus.
The two menus read as follows.
Terminal Menu 1 Terminal Menu 2
F1 Exit F1 Exit
F2 Remote F2 Remote
F3 Auto LF (Off) F3 Display (All)
F4 Echo (Off) F4 EOL Chr (Cr)
F5 Print (Off) F5 Idle!
F6 Baud (9600) F6 qMIX!
F7 Data Bits (8) F7 Chat!
F8 Stop Bits (1) F8 Errors ( )
F9 Parity (None) F9 Go to Multipoint
F10 Next Menu F10 Next Menu
g GE Power Systems
QTalk Startup Menus
Following are the soft-key toggle options as displayed at startup.

The options are in parentheses. Default options are in bold type.
Startup Menu 1
F1 Exit qTalk
F2 Remote Local
F3 Auto LF (Off) (On)
F4 Echo (Off) (On)
F5 Print (Off) (On)
F6 Baud (600) (1200) (2400) (4800) (9600) (19200) (38400) (115k2)
F7 Data Bits (8) (7) (6) (5)
F8 Stop Bits (1) (2)
F9 Parity (None) (Even) (Mark) (Spce) (Odd)
F10 Toggles the Next Menu
Startup Menu 2
F1 Exit qTalk
F2 Remote Local
F3 Display (All) (I&D) (Dat) (Hex)
F4 EOL Chr (Cr) (ETX) (EOT)
F5 Idle! – stop qMix, allow node access
F6 qMIX! – restart qMix after idle
F7 Chat! – select a node
F8 Errors ( )
F9 Go to Multipoint – re-access Multipoint program
F10 Toggles the Next Menu
g GE Power Systems
WARNING: After establishing communications with a particular node, and before

exiting the qTalk program, the operator MUST reestablish qMIX
communication by selecting the qMIX softkey (F6). Otherwise, the node
will be idle and may appear non-functional. Cycling the power to the
system should cold boot the system for all of the nodes and reestablish
qMIX operations. Care should be taken to know which labels were
changed, if any, and which labels should be changed back to their
original values or settings. Observe that while performing the
configuration routine, the program changes only those labels listed in
the configuration. Observe the configuration routine using two PCs
connected to the SASB qBus outlets, with one PC in qTalk or qBus
monitor.
Every operating company should allow one individual access to these procedures, for
the purpose of upgrading the firmware of the systems.
Each operator should have at least minimal qTalk training to enhance his
troubleshooting capabilities.
g GE Power Systems
Commonly Used mNemonic Labels
A
AcqD! Acquire Directional Steering (T/L) Data Command
AcqS! Acquire Directional Survey Data Command
AcqG! Acquire Gamma Data Command
Ax Accelerometer X axis corrected & scaled Data
Ay Accelerometer Y axis corrected & scaled Data
Az Accelerometer Z axis corrected & scaled Data
Azm Directional Sensor Azimuth Data (refer to TAzm)
B
Bat2 Auxiliary Battery Switch Control/State
BatD Battery Data Block
BatV Battery Voltage
BHiV Battery High Voltage Measurement
BLoV Battery Low Voltage Measurement
BThr Low Battery Voltage Threshold
C
CCod Capability Code Number
D
DipA Dip Angle
DLC Downlink Controls Parameter Block
DLTP Downlink Time Period
DSns Directional Sensor Information Block
g GE Power Systems
G
Gama Gamma Data Value
GamD Gamma Data Block
GamD Gamma Data Block
Grav Gravity Data
gTFA Gravity Toolface Angle
I
Inc Inclination Data
InvF Inverted Flow Switch
L
LnkA qMIXTM Link (node) Address
LnkL qMIXTM Link (node) Label
LnkM qMIXTM Link Mode (following a Reset)
Loc Job Site Location Information Block
LoPL Receiver Low Pulse Amplitude Limit (editing control)
M
MagD Magnetic Data Block
MagF Total Magnetic Field
MDec Magnetic Declination
Mod1 Telemetry Controls Parameter Block for Mode #1
ModC Main Telemetry Mode Controls Parameter Block
ModN Telemetry Mode Number at power on
g GE Power Systems
P
PLen Pipe Length
PlsC Pulse Controls Parameter Block
PlsW Pulse Width in effect
PmpD Pump Data Block
Pmps Pumps Status - On/Off
PmpP Pump Pressure
PmpT Pumps-On Threshold
PTO Pressure Transducer Offset correction
PW1 Pulse Width for Telemetry Mode #1
Q
qDCR qMIXTM Device Control Register
qDFR qMIXTM Device Fault Register
qDSR qMIXTM Device Status Register
qDWR qMIXTM Device Warning Register
qLNM qBus Host-Mode Log Name, XXXXXXXX.QBM
qLPA qBus Host-Mode Log Path, *.QBM
qMem qMIXTM Memory I/O Function (diagnostic)
qMIX! Go To Normal qMIXTM Mode Command
qSCR qMIXTM System Control Register
qSFR qMIXTM System Fault Register
qSSR qMIXTM System Status Register
qSW qMIXTM Software Version String (refer to Ver)
R
ROPd Constant Distance ROP Averaging Number
ROPn Constant Time ROP Averaging Number
RTOC Receiver Toolface Offset Computation Control
RTTF Receiver Toolface Offset Computation Control
g GE Power Systems
S
SFlw Simulated Flow control (test & diagnostic)
Site Job Site Information Data Block
SN Processor Hardware Serial Number
SSN1 Survey Sequence Number for Telemetry Mode #1
SSq1 Survey Sequence Definition String #1
StWt String Weight Threshold
SuDT Directional Survey Delay Time
SuWd Survey Word Data Block
T
TFO Toolface Offset
TFS Toolface display type Switch (in qDRT)
Time Date and Time Stamp (YYMMDDHHMMSS)
TLWd Toolface/Logging Word Data Block
TmpT High Temperature Threshold
TSN1 Toolface/Logging Sequence Number for Telemetry Mode #1
TSq1 Toolface/Logging Sequence Definition String #1
TVD True Vertical Depth
TxDT Telemetry Transmit Delay Time from flow on
g GE Power Systems
V
VChk() Non-Volatile Variable Check Function (diagnostic)
Ver() Software/Firmware Version Function (information)
Z
ZazD! Clear azimuth data display command (in qDRT)
Zdia! Zero the Diagnostics Data Block Command
ZGaD! Clear gamma data display command (in qDRT)
ZInD! Clear inclination display command (in qDRT)
ZMbD! Clear message box command (in qDRT)
ZReD! Clear resistivity data display command (in qDRT)
ZTFD! Clear toolface data display command (in qDRT)
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150 (FAX)
QProg/11
SYSTEM UTILITIES
g GE Power Systems
qProg/11TM System Utilities

Programming M68HC11 Processors
GE Power Systems requires that a license be obtained for the installation and use of
the qProg/11TM M68HC11 Programming Utility. Licenses may be obtained from:
GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
Round Rock, TEXAS
78664-9555
GE Power Systems reserves the right to make changes without notice, in the
software described or contained herein in order to improve design and /or
performance. GE Power Systems assumes no responsibility or liability for the use of
this software and makes no representation or warranty that this software is free from
patent or copyright infringement.
"qProg/11" is a trademark of GE Power Systems.

g GE Power Systems
1. Introduction to qProg/11
The qProg/11 program is a general-purpose utility used to program application

software/firmware into the EEProm of 68HC11 microcontroller-based processor
boards.
qProg/11 adapts easily to new target hardware simply by defining the target
specifications. When qProg11 is executed to program a target, it first locates the
target specification, which defines the files, baud rates, memory configurations, and
other information required to program the target.
The standard sequence used is as follows:
1) Load the application software/firmware from disk.

2) Download the 1st stage bootloader and receive back acknowledge character
when it begins to execute.
3) Download the 2nd stage bootloader and receive back acknowledge character
when it begins to execute.
4) Download the application software/firmware.
Variations of the above sequence are possible based on the command line used to
invoke qProg/11. For example, a page zero RAM program can be loaded into the
68HC11 and executed using the command line options /BO, /B1, and /B2. See the
following section about the command line for more information.
Before using qProg/11 with a new processor board, the processor board must be
defined by creating a target ID and specification. See the section on configuration for
specific information.
2. Installation of qProg/11 Program
qProg/11 is customarily installed on a hard disk drive in the c:\BootLoad directory and
is, by default, set up to run in this directory. qProg/11 can be installed in any
directory, however certain path data and batch files may require minor modifications.
Copy the distribution files to the hard disk as follows (assuming the source disk is
inserted in drive 'b', and the destination is the c:\bootload directory):
md c:\bootload (if directory does not exist)
xcopy b: c:\bootload /v/s
If installed in a directory named in the DOS PATH statement, the program can be
executed from anywhere on the disk. If not installed in such a directory, the full path
to qProg11.exe or batch files can be used to invoke the program.
g GE Power Systems
3. Configuration
qProg/11 is designed to easily adapt to new and varied hardware. This adaptation is
accomplished through the use of an ASCII data file named qPrg11ID.dat.
qPrg11ID.dat is a standard ASCII file, which provides all the information about the
targets to be programmed. The file is divided into two sections.
The first section consists of a list of target identification data structures, each
identified by a unique target ID. The format of the structure is as follows:
- "Target ID" 1 to 16 characters.

- Target crystal frequency (Hz): determines baud rate for 1st stage.
- "[path]1st stage bootloader program" (.s19 file).
- "[path]2nd stage bootloader program" (.s19 file) or null if 2nd stage not
needed.
- Baud rate for 2nd stage or zero.
- "[path]default program to load" (.s19 file) or null.
- Baud rate to load program or zero if same as baud for last stage.
- "Memory Specification ID for target" see format documentation to follow.
- "[path]HC11 Config. Reg. programming file" (.s19 file) or null.
- Default configuration register value for the /PC command line option.
The second section of the qPrg11ID.dat file is a list of memory specification data
structures. The memory specifications are referenced through the "Memory
Specification ID for target" field in the target identification data structure (defined
above). Multiple Targets can use the same memory specification data structure. The
format of this structure is as follows:
- "Memory specification ID for target" referenced by the target ID structure.

- Number of pages (0x01 if not a paged memory).
- Page size (in bytes)
- Low inclusive address of the memory.
- High inclusive address of the memory.
- Number of check characters or 0
- Check character type or 0 (1 for checksum)
- Address of 1st check character.
- Disable/Enable character by default (0 or 1)
- Fill character value
g GE Power Systems
The qPrg11ID.dat file can be edited using any ASCII-type editor. Target IDs are
modified or new targets added by simply making modifications or additions to the
target ID and Memory specification lists. See the qPrg11ID.dat file itself for more
information on the file format, list termination, etc. The file must reside in the same
directory as the qProg11.exe file.
When defining a new target, it may be necessary to create new versions of the 1st
and 2nd stage bootloaders as well as the HC11 config. register programming file. As
an aid, the following source files are provided and can be used as templates for the
new files:
Boot11_1.asm -Example: 1st stage bootloader

BT80-2_2.asm -Example: 2nd stage bootloader
Cnfg$XX.asm -Example: HC11 Cnfg. Register programmer
4. Command Line
The following command line is used to execute the qProg/11 utility:
qProg11 target_id filename.ext /s1/s2/..../sn
where:
(i) "target_id” is the target identification string and may contain up to 16

alphanumeric characters. The target ID is primarily used to define the names
of the bootloader files and the memory configuration for the target processor.
(ii) "filename.ext" identifies the source file to be transferred to the target processor
and may be preceded by a path designation. This file specification may be
omitted if it is specified in the target specification, or if the /BO option switch is
used.
(iii) /s1, /s2 and /sn designate option switch settings and are only required to
change the default settings. A list of available options can be obtained directly
from qProg/11 by entering 'qProg11' by itself on the command line.
g GE Power Systems
The available options are:
/1
/2 The Port select switches. Selects the desired serial communications
port to be used.
/C
/NC The Checksum enable and Checksum disable switches.
The Checksum enable switch is the default and indicates qProg/11
should write checksums. The type of checksum and destination
address is individually specified for each device in the target processor.
/F
/NF The Fill and No Fill switches. When No Fill is used, only the bytes
defined by the .s19 file are programmed. The default is individually
specified for each target. Fill will cause all bytes in a memory or
memory page which are not defined in the source file to be filled with the
character specified for the target.
/G
/NG The Go and No Go switches. No Go is the default. When Go is used
the program will proceed automatically without operator prompts. The
processor should be in the proper mode before executing the command
line. Go is used often once the programming procedure has been
defined.
/O
/NO The Overlay and No Overlay switches. No Overlay is the default. The
Overlay switch enables overlays. That is, qProg/11 will not generate
errors if the same address is written more than once. qProg/11
assumes that if the same address is written more than once that the
bootloader is controlling paging.
/P
/NP The Paging enable and Paging disable switches. The Paging enable is
the default and indicates the file (filename.exe specified on the
command line) contains code which is to be written to multiple pages at
the same bus address. The file should also contain the appropriate
page control bytes. Page control bytes are defined as a single byte with
the base address of a device as its destination. The value of the byte
indicates the new page for the following bytes to be programmed.
g GE Power Systems
/V
/NV The Verify enable and Verify disable switches. The Verify enable switch
is the default and causes qProg/11 to display a verification window to
allow verification for the programming configuration. When neither the
/V nor the /NV switches are used, the /G switch automatically disables
verification (an exception to the default).
/Q The Quiet Mode switch. The switch indicates that no prompts should be
output to the display and that only one error output is possible.
/NB The No Boot switch. This prevents the program from attempting the
transfer the bootloader programs to the target processor. It is only used
when the bootloader programs have already been transferred and are
running. This switch causes qProg/11 to proceed directly to
programming the file (filename.exe) specified on the command line.
This option is typically used when programming a processor with
multiple files, and prevents the need to repeatedly reset the processor in
boot mode.
/BO The Boot Only switch. This option is used when it is desired to load only
the bootloader. qProg/11 will terminate after the last boot stage is
loaded (after the 1st stage if the 2nd stage is not specified).
/PC:[XX]
The Program Config. switch. This option is used to program the
68HC11 configuration register. The processor must be in the Bootstrap
mode (See the section entitled 'Invoking Boot Mode'). If only /PC is
typed, the default value specified for the target is programmed. If
/PC:XX is used, the hex value XX is programmed.
/B1:[path]filename[.ext]
The 1st stage bootloader override switch. This switch causes qProg/11
to replace the default 1st stage bootloader with the file specified. the file
must be an '.s19' type file.
/B2:[path]filename[.ext]
The 2nd stage bootloader override switch. This switch causes qProg/11
to replace the default 2nd stage bootloader with the file specified. The
file must be an '.S19' type file.
/D:[path]filename[.ext]
Specifies a diagnostic output file path name.
g GE Power Systems
All switches allowed with the program may be entered on the command line and will
be passed to the program. Spaces are not allowed in the option switch portion of the
run string!
When qProg/11 runs, the terminal will display the following sequences:
(i) The source file is read while displaying the progress, number of lines
read, number of bytes read and number of memory pages to be
programmed.
(ii) Provided the operator did not enter the Go or No Verify switches, the
operator may next verify the programming information by viewing the
status windows on each memory. At this point, entering "G", for Go,
causes the program to enter the bootloader stage.
(iii) Provided the operator did not enter the No Boot switch, the program will
begin transferring the next 2 stages of the bootloading processes.
Provided the operator did not enter the Go switch, the program will
instruct the operator to reset the target processor and enter "C", for
Continue, when the processor has been reset. If the process fails to get
the expected response after loading the first stage bootloader, it will
stop and ask the operator for instructions (Abort, Ignore or Retry). If the
second stage fails to load or respond as expected, the program will
abort.
(iv) Once the boot loading process is complete, the program begins
transferring the contents of the source .s19 file and displays the
programming progress for each memory or memory page being
programmed. Generally, the data transfers occur at 38.4K baud and
transfer 32 data bytes per exchange in a single binary string. The
programming rate will vary depending on the types of EEPROMs being
programmed. However, typical programming rates for Atmel and Xicor
28Cxxx devices will be about 1K data bytes/second.
g GE Power Systems
5. Invoking Boot Mode
The M68HC11 is programmed using the serial communications interface and a

multiple-stage boot loader process. The M68HC11 processor has an internal
bootloader program (68HC11 bootstrap mode) which may be invoked when reset
(power on reset or external reset) with the 68HC11 MODA and MODB inputs pulled
low. The MODA and MODB inputs are usually accessed via test points or through
lines brought out through a connector. This program loads the next stage boot loader
program (1st stage bootloader) to the 256 byte, internal, 68HC11 RAM. It, in turn,
loads the larger programming process (2nd stage bootloader) to the larger external
RAM. These programs are loaded by the "qProg/11" PC program.
Once the 2nd stage bootloader is loaded and running in RAM, there is no need to
start over by resetting the 68HC11 in bootstrap mode. Subsequent programs can be
programmed by re-executing qProg/11 using the /nb command line option. qProg/11
will then skip directly to the programming step by communicating with the 2nd stage
bootloader already loaded.
6. Recovering From Problems
The following points may be helpful in the event a programming problem occurs.
(i) When qProg/11 terminates, a message is displayed indicating the

condition at the time of termination. When programming succeeds, the
message is "Programming Complete". If an error occurs, the error
message and an error number are displayed. The error number
definitions are as follows:
a. Serial communication function I/O error return codes. The error codes
from -1000 through -1099 are reserved for the "qSIO" error codes.
"qSIORx" codes start at -1000>>>>

1000 General or undefined Rx error
1001 Character time-out during Rx
1002 Receiver over run error
1003 Receiver framing error
1004 Receiver parity error
1005 Received break error
1006 Rx FIFO overflow
1007 Time-out waiting for data reply
g GE Power Systems
"qSIOTx" codes start at -1030>>>>

1030 General or undefined Rx error
1031 Character time-out on data transmit
1032 Receiver over run error during Tx
1033 Receiver framing error during Tx
1034 Receiver parity error during Tx
1035 Received break error during Tx
1036 Tx FIFO underflow
"qSIO" miscellaneous codes start at -1080>>>>

1080 Error on data transfer verification
b. File I/O error return codes. The error codes from -1100 through -1199
are reserved for the "qFIO” error codes.
Open error codes start at -1100>>>>

1100 General or undefined file error
1101 DOS did not open a file for read
1102 DOS did not open a file for write
1103 DOS did not open a file for append
1104 DOS did not/could not open an existing file for
Read/Write
1105 /*DOS did not open a new or destroy existing file
for Read/Write
1106 /*DOS did not/could not open an existing or new
file for Read/Write
Read file error codes start at -1120>>>>

1120 /* General or undefined read error */
Write file error codes start at -1140>>>>

1140 General or undefined write error
Miscellaneous file error codes start at -1160>>>>

1160 Operator disallowed writing to an existing file
g GE Power Systems
c. Terminal I/O error return codes. The error codes from -1200 through -
1299 are reserved for the "qFIO" input error codes. The error codes
from -1300 through -1399 are reserved for the "qFIO" output error
codes.
Terminal input error codes start at -1200>>>>

1200 General or undefined input error
1201 An input string exceed the max size that could
be processed
Terminal output error codes start at -1300>>>>

1300 General or undefined input error
d. Prog/11 specific error codes.
qProg/11 specific error codes start at -20001>>>>
20001 Memory allocation error

20002 Source file read error
20003 Source file record format error
20004 Source file character count error
20005 Source file character error
20006 Source file checksum error
20007 Missing memory definition error
20008 All pages full error
20009 Page boundary error
20010 Data overlay error
20011 Switch string format error
20012 Switch type error
20013 Missing file name error
20014 File open error
20015 Run string error
20016 Data acknowledge error
20017 Bootload error
20018 Check character type error
20019 Target ID match error
20020 Operator abort
20021 Page number error
20022 Device overlap error
20023 Data in page byte error
g GE Power Systems
(ii) If you forget to enter the No Boot switch when loading more than one file,
the program will stop and request operator direction. Abort the program
and try again using the /nb switch. In most cases, this will work.
However, since the first stage boot loader program is most likely
transferred at a different baud rate than program files, there is no
guarantee.
(iii) If problems persist, please call GE Power Systems and ask for assistance
from Technical Services. Please call from nearby the PC being used to
program the target processor(s) so that we may talk you through the
problem.
g GE Power Systems
Bill Ryer
Customer Technical Service – Tensor Systems
Reuter-Stokes
1840 Royston Lane
Round Rock, TEXAS
(512) 252-6188 (phone)
(512) 251-7396 (fax)
(512) 845-2892 (cell)
g GE Power Systems
qProg/11 TM
Compatibility Notice
qProg/11TM is designed to be a general purpose PC utility program for loading
programs into Motorola M68HC11 MCU-based equipment such as the qMWDTM
receiver, remote terminal and the downhole transmitter.
Please note that while GE Power Systems’ general practice is to test programs on
several different brands and models of computers, GE Power Systems cannot
guarantee that qProg/11TM, or any other programs, will be 100% compatible with all
brands of PCs. If you have questions concerning the compatibility of the software with
a particular brand of PC, please direct them to:
GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
Round Rock, TEXAS 78664-9555
(512) 251-4131.
g GE Power Systems
QDT - qMWDTM V01.XX

Quick-Start Instructions
Installing qMWD/PCTM Programs & Files
Windows 95/98 / Windows NT
For clients using the Windows 95/98 Windows NT versions of the QDT
MWD software, just insert the CD containing the software in to the CD port
of the PC and follow the highlighted prompts to properly install the
programs. The qProg11 programs will be located on the C:\ drive.
To operate the qProg11 programs:

Windows 95 users: Boot the PC in the DOS mode using the F8
soft key to prevent Windows from starting and go to the Prompt
Only mode.
Windows 98 / Windows NT users: Just Reboot the system in the
DOS mode for the features to operate.
DOS 6.22
For clients still using DOS 6.22, use the following steps to load the
programs to the PC in the DOS mode using the supplied floppy disks.
1) Insert the "qMWD/PC Disk 1 of 2 Diskette" into drive A: (or B:).

2) Type: a:install a: c: <Enter>. The directory qMWD\qMWD_PC will be
created on the C: drive, if it does not already exist. The qMWD/PCTM
programs and files will load into this directory. If the directory already
exists, then a backup directory will be created to save the old programs.
3) After the files are loaded from Disk 1 of 2, the installation procedure will
prompt you to install the second of the two qMWD/PC diskettes. The
qMWDCnfgTM and qDirK_IOTM programs and files will also be loaded
into the c:\qMWD\QmWD_PC directory (all PC programs are now
normally loaded on a single directory.
4) Run these programs through the qMWD_PC, qMWDCnfg and the
qDirK_IO batch files while in the qMWD\qMWD_PC directory. Enter
these batch files completely, as displayed, to insure that the batch file is
executed correctly. Some Menu programs activate complete utilization
of the batch files. REMEMBER, these routines cannot be activated
through windows, yet.
g GE Power Systems
Installing qProg/11TM
1) Insert the qProg/11 Diskette into drive A:.

2) Unless it already exists, create a c:\Bootload directory on the c: drive by
typing cd\<Enter> md bootload <Enter>.
3) Switch to the c:\Bootload directory by typing cd bootload <Enter>.
4) Copy the contents of the qProg/11 Diskette by typing: xcopy a:/v.
Installing qMWD/11TM
1) Insert the qMWD/11 Diskette into drive A:.
2) Type: a:install a: c: <Enter>. The files containing the programs for the
transmitter processor, receiver processor and the DRT processor will be
stored in the directory qMWD. These files will be needed to access
required program files used by the three processors in the QDT MWD
system.
g GE Power Systems
Updating Embedded qMWDTM Firmware Programs
GE Power Systems recommends that the firmware programs in all qMWD™

hardware, such as receivers, displays and the down-hole tool be upgraded to
versions in effect with the qMWD™ V01.60a release.
Note: Only “qMPTx-2R” program is V01.60a. All other firmware programs are as
released with the qMWD/11 V01.60 distributions and are identified as V01.60
in their application I.D. strings.
To determine whether the qMWD™ equipment is loaded with the latest firmware, use
the Ver() function to identify the firmware versions using the qTalk/PC™ (refer to
Appendix Q in the qMWD manual). Appendix P in the qMWD ™ Engineer’s
Reference Manual provides complete instructions for programming the
MC68HC11-based systems used in the qMWD™ hardware. The following
information presumes an understanding of those programming procedures.
Note: The qTalk/PC and qProg/11 programs required to upgrade embedded firmware
programs will ONLY function properly when operating from the DOS-Only
mode.
In Windows 95, perform the following steps to boot the DOS system without starting
the Windows system:
Note: This procedure will NOT work on Windows 98, Windows NT or Windows 2000.
1) Select “Shut Down.”

2) Click “Restart the Computer.”
3) Click “Yes.”
4) Wait for the beep and the “Starting Windows” indication.
5) Press the “F8” key within 1 second from the beep.
6) Select “Command Prompt Only” and press the “Enter” key.
CAUTION: The “HLOC” and “HLSC” control parameter values are determined and
set in the qMPRx-D3 program at the factory for DRT units ordered with
(and licensed for) Depth-Tracking capability.
If upgrading from versions PRIOR to V01.40, please be sure to record

these values before proceeding with the upgrade procedure and re-enter
them at the conclusion of the procedure.
IF LOST, please contact GE Power Systems, ask for repair/maintenance,

and request the values of these parameters. Please have the unit serial
number readily available. These steps are not required for updating
systems containing V01.40 or later.
g GE Power Systems
Connecting the System Hardware Components
Setup the system as you normally would with the Driller's Remote Terminal (DRT)
configured to the Safe Area Supply Box (SASB) and the Survey Electronics module
configured to the Programming Cable. Connect a PC containing the correct version
of qMWD software to the qBus cable. In this situation the downhole tool (MPTx) and
the DRT with the integral qMWD receiver (MPRX) are all connected to the system
and can communicate through qTalk.
Note: If you are using a Flow Simulation Box, insure that the simulated flow control is
set to Flow Off.
Loading Software To The qMWD Receiver (MPRx Node 05)
Switch to the C:\qMWD\qMPRx-D3 directory. The data in this file will load into the
processor used for the decoding routines in the qMWD receiver.
Run qTalk by typing qTalk2 (If the string c:\ qTalk is in your Path in the Autoexec.bat
file, it will boot automatically). Press F4 to invoke the Host Mode. Press Shift+F5 to
interrogate all nodes on the network. Be sure that at least node MPRx05, responds.
For Versions BEFORE V01.40, record the variables “HLOC” and “HLSC”. Query the
labels via qTalk and reenter the values after upgrading the software version.
g GE Power Systems
Invoking the Boot! Mode for the qMWD Receiver (MPRx05)
Follow these instructions implicitly!
1) Run qTalk by typing: qTalk2. (C:\qTalk should be in the path. If it is not, go

to the qTalk directory, C:\qTalk\ and type qtalk2.)
2) Switch To Terminal Mode by pressing: Shift+F9
3) Set the Baud Rate to 9600 by pressing: F6 (Baud softkey)
4) Switch to Second Menu by pressing: F10 (Next Menu)
5) Idle the qBus by pressing: F5 (Idle!) (Press rapidly 3-4 times, minimum.)
6) Invoke the Chat Mode by pressing: F7 (Chat!)
7) At the prompt, enter the Link address by typing: 05. The node selected will
return a command prompt.
8) Invoke Boot Mode by typing: CCod 11 Boot! and pressing the <Enter> key.
If successful, then the target processor will NOT return a prompt.
9) Exit qTalk by pressing: F1.

DO NOT PRESS ANY OTHER KEYS!! Insure that you are in directory
C:\qMWD\qMPRx-D3, then proceed to the next step in these instructions.
10) Load the qMIX/11™ Operating Parameters, Receiver Operating

Parameters, and the qMWD™ Receiver Program by typing ProgAll and
pressing the <Enter> key.
11) Turn the system power Off and then On again.

g GE Power Systems
Loading Software To The qMWD Driller's Remote Terminal (DRT Node 09)
1) Switch to the C:\qMWD\qDRT-3 directory. The data in this file will load into
the processor used to display the various routines in the qMWD Driller's
Remote Terminal.
2) Run qTalk by typing: qTalk2. (C:\qTalk should b in your path).
3) Invoke the Host Mode by pressing F4.
4) Interrogate all nodes on the network by pressing Shift+F5.

Be sure that nodes MPRx05, MPTx20, and DRT 09 all respond.
Should one of these nodes not respond, check all of the connections, and
repeat this step.
5) Invoke the Boot! mode for the qMWD Display Processor (DRTx09).

7) Switch To Terminal Mode by pressing: Shift+F9
8) Set the Baud Rate to 9600 by pressing: F6 (Baud softkey)
9) Switch to Second Menu by pressing: F10 (Next Menu)
10) Idle the qBus by pressing: F5 (Idle!) (Press rapidly 3-4 times, minimum.)
11) Invoke the Chat Mode by pressing: F7 (Chat!).
12) At the prompt, enter the Link address by typing: 09. The node selected will
return a command prompt.
13) Invoke Boot Mode by typing: CCod 11 Boot! and pressing the <Enter> key.
14) Exit qTalk by pressing: F1.

DO NOT PRESS ANY OTHER KEYS!! Insure that you are in directory
C:\qMWD\qDRT-D3, then proceed to the next step in these instructions.


g GE Power Systems
Loading Software To The qMWD Transmitter (MPTx Node 20)
1) Switch to the C:\qMWD\qMPTx directory. The data in this file will load into
the processor used for the encoding routines in the qMWD transmitter.
2) Run qTalk by typing qTalk2 (c:\qTalk should b in your path).
3) Press F4 to invoke the Host Mode.
4) Press Shift+F5 to interrogate all nodes on the network.

Be sure that nodes MPRx05, MPTx20 and DRT 09 all respond, if they are
connected. Should one of these nodes not respond, check all of the
connections and repeat this step.
Note: You do not need all nodes to be connected to load the firmware to the
targeted node.
5) Invoke the Boot! Mode for the qMWD Transmitter (MPTx20).
6) Run qTalk. C:\qTalk should be in the path. If it is not go to the qTalk

directory, C:\qTalk\ and type qtalk2.)
7) Switch to Terminal Mode by pressing Shift+F9.
8) Set the Baud Rate to 9600 by pressing F6 (Baud softkey).
9) Switch to Second Menu by pressing F10 (Next Menu).
10) Idle the qBus by pressing F5 (Idle!). (Depress rapidly 3-4 times.)
11) Invoke the Chat Mode by pressing F7 (Chat!).
12) At the prompt type the Link address 20 and press the <Enter> key.
The node selected will return a command prompt.
13) Invoke Boot Mode by typing CCod 11 Boot! and pressing the <Enter> key.
14) Exit qTalk by pressing F1.

DO NOT PRESS ANY OTHER KEYS!!
15) Verify that you are in the correct directory:

x C:\qMWD\qMPTx for the standard QPN 100080-02 module
x C:\qMWD\qMPTx-2 for the new “Mark-2” QPN 100640-01 module
x C:\qMWD\qMPTx-2R for the new “Mark-2” QPN 100640-02 module
with recorder memory.
g GE Power Systems
For all Software Versions PRIOR to V01.30
Do NOT use the ProgAll batch file command to load these files to the downhole tool!
Doing so would reset the calibration factors to default values. Instead, continue with
the steps below.
1) Load the qMIX/11TM Operating Parameters by typing ProgqCtl, pressing the

<Enter> key and following the program instructions.
2) Select GO.
3) Select Continue.
4) Load the qMWDTM Transmitter Operating Parameters by typing

Progeep /nb, pressing the <Enter> key and following the program
instructions.
Note: Be sure to type the space between Progeep and /nb.
Note: /nb means “no boot.”
5) Select GO.
6) Load the qMWDTM Transmitter Program by typing Prog /nb, pressing the
<Enter> key and following the program instructions.
Note: Be sure to type the space between Progeep and /nb.
7) Select GO.
8) Turn the System Power Off and then On Again

g GE Power Systems
For all Software Versions V01.30 and Later

2) Run qTalk by typing qTalk2.
3) Invoke the Host Mode by pressing F4.
4) Verify No Errors in qDFR and qDWR by pressing Shift+F5.

This procedure interrogates all network nodes for the qMIX register values.
All values for qDFR and qDWR should be returned as a $0000 hex value.
5) Check for Control Parameter Value Errors by pressing Shift+F4.

This procedure will cause all nodes to check for valid operating parameters
using the VChk() function (refer to Appendix I).
All nodes should return VChk(All Okay).
Note: DO NOT cycle the power or reset the processor, as the onscreen
directions in the qProg/11 program may instruct you, when using this
bootloader method!!!!
g GE Power Systems
Loading Software To The Turbine Assembly (Node 27)
1) Switch to the C:\qMWD\qTCR directory. The data in this file will load into
the processor used for the various routines in the qMWD Turbine Module.
2) Run qTalk by typing qTalk2 (c:\qTalk should b in your path).
3) Press F4 to invoke the Host Mode.
4) Press Shift+F5 to interrogate all nodes on the network.

Be sure that nodes MPRx05, MPTx20, DRT 09 and qTCR27 all respond, if
they are connected. Should one of the nodes not respond, check all of the
connections and repeat this step.
5) Invoke the Boot! Mode for the qMWD Turbine Module (qTCR27).

7) Switch to Terminal Mode by pressing Shift+F9.
8) Set the Baud Rate to 9600 by pressing F6 (Baud softkey).
9) Switch to Second Menu by pressing F10 (Next Menu).
10) Idle the qBus by pressing F5 (Idle!). (Depress rapidly 3-4 times.)
11) Invoke the Chat Mode by pressing F7 (Chat!).
12) At the prompt type the Link address 27 and press the <Enter> key.
The node selected will return a command prompt.
13) Invoke Boot Mode by typing CCod 11 Boot! and pressing the <Enter> key.
14) Exit qTalk by pressing F1.

Do NOT press any other keys!!
15) Verify that you are in the correct directory: C:\qMWD\qTCR.


g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150 (FAX)
Tensor MWDRoll32
System Utility
g GE Power Systems
Overview
MWDRoll32 is a standalone piece of software used to verify correct operation of

Measurement-While-Drilling (MWD) tools manufactured by GE Power Systems.
Using MWDRoll32 entails performing various tests, both logical and physical, prior to
the use of MWD tools. MWDRoll32 diagnostics reports from a correctly functioning
tool will fall within the guidelines for satisfactory operation, while a non-functioning or
mal-functioning tool will fail to reach these guidelines. MWDRoll32 software places
only limited demands on client computer systems and does not require new or
powerful machines for its operation.
Hardware Requirements
• PC compatible computer
• qNIC cable
• Safe Area Power Supply (SAPS)
• Tool Programming cable
Hardware Setup
1) Connect one end of the qNIC cable to an available qBus port on the
SAPS.
2) Connect the other end of the qNIC cable to an available COM port on the
computer.
3) Connect the tool programming cable to the SAPS and the MWD tool.
Software Requirements
• Microsoft Windows 95/98 or NT 4.0
Minimum Windows Settings

• Screen resolution of 640x480 pixels
• Video color depth of 8 bits (256 colors)
Recommended Windows Settings

• Screen resolution of 1024x768 pixels
• Video color depth of 16 bits (65536 colors) or more
g GE Power Systems
What’s New?
MWDRoll32 is not an upgrade from MWDRoll. It is an entirely new program.

MWDRoll32 encompasses almost all the functionality of the older MWDRoll, plus
additional features described below.
• O/S platform upgrade from MS-DOS to Windows 95/98/NT

• New UI presenting a graphical/alphanumerical display
• MWD tool communication now handled via qW32Server application
• New “Remote” data acquisition mode
• No need to save data manually, it is all automatically saved into a database
• Added header/data editing
• New print previewing feature
• Printed reports now present information in more comprehensive fashion
• New feature allows opening, editing, and updating previous roll tests
• Added help and user manual
• Multilanguage support
g GE Power Systems
Main Display
The main display is the only window that gives the user information about the status
of the MWD tool. This display was designed to give the user all relevant information
about the current roll test and the MWD tool. When MWDRoll32 is started, you will
notice that the display consists of six subsections, each designed to give the user
particular information.
The six subsections are as follows:

• Guidance Rose:Designed as an alternative to the alphanumeric displays,
this display gives a graphical view of the three-dimensional orientation of
the MWD tool.
• Sensor Derived Data: This display gives the user real-time critical
information that would be difficult to calculate manually.
• Sensor Acquired Data:Some of the corrected sensor values of the MWD
tool are displayed in this display.
• Header Information: Information about the current roll test is displayed in
this section.
• Miscellaneous Notes: Any notes entered via the header information
dialogs are displayed in this section.
• User Instructions / Feedback: This constantly updated section informs
the user of MWDRoll32 status and of operations currently allowed. Manual
acquisition of data is also available via two buttons.
g GE Power Systems
Guidance Rose Display
The Guidance Rose is designed to give the user a more intuitive and easy-to-read
perspective on the MWD tool’s orientation in space. When MWDRoll32 has
established communication with the tool, this display will be active.
When not acquiring data, the display will resemble one of these two images:
The “ghosted” image (left) is displayed when no tool is attached or in communication.

The colored image (right) is displayed when a tool is attached and in communication.
In the display, you will find three essential pieces of information:
Inclination:
A vertical semicircle on the display’s left side contains two colors, yellow and green.
The intersection of the two colors indicates the tool’s inclination. In the picture above,
the inclination is at roughly 90°. If the tool is oriented upwards, the yellow arc will
span 180° to the top. If the tool is orientated downwards, the green arc will span
180° to the bottom.
Azimuth:
The blue arc in the outermost complete circle indicates the azimuth. It always starts
from the top (0°) and wraps clockwise around to the current azimuth angle. In the
above picture, the azimuth is approximately 97°.
High Side:
The red line in the inner circle indicates the High Side. When the tool is rotated, this
line will move and constantly display the roll angle of the MWD tool. In the above
picture, the High Side is approximately 253°.
g GE Power Systems
When acquiring data, the display will resemble one of these two images:
When acquiring data, the rose displays five additional indicators.
The most prominent indicator is the green pie section, which indicates the
recommended High Side for the current data shot. During a roll test, the pie section
rotates through 8 ordinal positions evenly spaced at 45° intervals. The user must
align the High Side (red line) indicator within the green pie section.
The other four indicators are colored boxes located in the lower right corner of the
rose display. These four boxes give the user feedback on recommended data
acquisition positions. Box colors indicate proper (green) or improper (red) positioning:
• Top box: Stability status
• Second box: Azimuth status
• Third box: High Side status
• Bottom box: Inclination status
The two images above show an attempted data shot in the east orientation.
The image at left shows some boxes in red, indicating that the tool is not ready to
acquire data. Though the tool is stable and the inclination is correct, the azimuth and
High Side are incorrect.
The user then rotates the tool towards the east orientation. The blue azimuth arc
rotates to indicate east and the azimuth box turns green, indicating proper azimuth
positioning for data acquisition.
Next, the user rotates the tool until the High Side lies within the green pie section.
The High Side box turns green.
The image at right shows all four boxes green, indicating favorable conditions for
acquiring data. To acquire the data, click the “Acquire” button.
g GE Power Systems
Sensor Displays
The main display provides the user with all relevant sensor information in one window
composed of two columns:
Sensor Derived Data shows information calculated from the acquired data.
Sensor Acquired Data display shows critical sensor values.
Sensor Derived Data:

• Total Acceleration: The overall acceleration due to gravity
• Total Magnetic Field: The overall magnetic field
• Dip Angle: The angle between the tool and the earth’s surface
• High Side: The angle calculated from the gravitational tool-face
• Azimuth Angle: The horizontal angle of the tool
• Inclination Angle: The angle with respect to vertical
• Magnetic Tool-Face: The angle calculated from the magnetic tool-face
• Timeout/Update: The number to the left of the slash (/) indicates the time
before communications will timeout. The number to the right of the slash
indicates the last refresh interval
Sensor Acquired Data:

• Accelerometer X, Y, & Z: Displays corrected gravity values from the
accelerometer sensor of the MWD tool
• Magnetometer X, Y, & Z: Displays corrected magnetic field values from
the magnetometer sensor of the MWD tool
• Battery: Displays battery power, in volts
• Temperature: Displays the temperature of the tool in degrees Celsius
g GE Power Systems
Header Information and Miscellaneous Notes Display
The Header Information and Miscellaneous Notes displays present the user with
information pertaining to the started or opened roll test.
Header Information Display
Located below the sensor displays, the Header Information display shows the
information entered in the Header Information dialog. Once again, this display
presents the user with all relevant header information in one window.
Miscellaneous Notes Display:
Located to the left of the header information display and below the Guidance Rose,
the Miscellaneous Notes display shows any notes entered into the Header
Information dialog.
g GE Power Systems
User Instructions / Feedback Display
The bottommost display gives the user information about the current status of
MWDRoll32. At all times, the user can check this display to see what is happening
and what can be done.
The two buttons to the right, Acquire and Skip, are used when acquiring data in
Interactive mode. When in this mode, the display indicates the required orientation
and the number of data shots to perform. The user observes the Guidance Rose or
Sensor Derived Data display to determine whether a data shot can be made. If a
shot can be made, the user can click the Acquire button to save the data and proceed
to the next shot. However, the user may choose instead to click the Skip button, to
proceed to the next shot without saving data from the current shot.
g GE Power Systems
Default Mode
Until the user starts or opens a roll test, MWDRoll32 displays only current MWD
sensor data. While an experienced user might be able to determine whether the tool
has a problem simply by visual inspection of the data, roll tests allow the user to
determine the tool status with certainty and precision.
Starting a New Roll Test
Starting a new roll test involves three basic steps:
1) Click the Start New Roll Test… item from the File menu.
The Header Information dialog will appear.
2) Enter all information and click the OK button.

The Roll Test Options dialog will appear.
3) Select the desired options and click the OK button.
MWDRoll32 enters into data acquisition mode. Depending on the options selected,
data will be acquired in Interactive or Remote mode. For more information on how to
acquire data, see the Acquiring Data help.
Tool Orientation
Important: follow the tool orientation instructions displayed in the User

Instructions/Feedback window. The Roll Test is designed to gather data at
prescribed positions. MWDRoll32 analyzes the data with respect to the tool being in
those positions. Data gathered out of position will skew the results and give a false
indication that the tool is out of calibration. Please follow the Roll Test instructions
explicitly so that an accurate test can be performed.
g GE Power Systems
North
Orientation
East
Orientation Take shots in the eight (8) ordinal positions
for each of the three horizontal orientations
Follow the instructions for performing a Roll Test.
Take two (2) shots in the vertical position.
Note the position of the sensors relative to the
position changes during the roll test.
The results of the roll test are based on the tool
being rotated through the prescribed positions.
South
Vertical
Orientation
Orientation
g GE Power Systems
Opening a Completed Roll Test
Even after a roll test has been completed, MWDRoll32 allows the user to re-open it
and perform all tasks, just like in a new test. For example, if a user performs a roll
test, prints it, and later determines that some of the data is bad, he is able to re-open
the test and take more data shots. The user can also change the header and re-print
the report.
To open a previous test:
1) Click the Open Previous Roll Test... item from the File menu. The Open
Roll Test dialog appears.
Note: MWDRoll32 must contain at least one completed roll test to open
the Open Roll Test dialog.
2) Select a test by number in the Test Identifier column and click the OK
button.
Note: When you select a test number, that test’s Header Information and
Miscellaneous Notes appear. Use this information to help identify
the test you want to open.
g GE Power Systems
Editing Header Information
The Roll Test Header Information dialog opens when the user starts a new test or
re-opens a completed test and chooses to edit the Header.
To open the Roll Test Header Information dialog:
1) Open a Previous Roll Test.
2) Select the Header Information… item from the Edit menu. The Roll Test
Header Information dialog appears.
Note: Always enter complete header information and descriptive notes.

This information helps you identify a test should you need to re-open it.
Note: MWDRoll32 completes the following three fields automatically:

• Unique ID Number
• Tool Serial Number
• Start Data and Time
g GE Power Systems
Editing Test Data
Unfortunately, roll tests do not always work exactly as expected. Bad data due to
magnetic interference, human misalignment, or any other source could plague a roll
test of a perfectly good tool. This eventuality can be handled by flagging bad test
data.
Starting the dialog:
1) Open a Previous Roll Test by clicking the Data Sets… item from the Edit
menu. The Edit Roll Test data window opens, displaying a row for each
data shot. Each row lists several pieces of data under column headings.
Data Column Description Units

Shot #: The incremental number corresponding to the data shot.
Orientation: The tool’s orientation the data shot. (N/S/E/V/U)
Bad: A check box that allows the user to discard the data shot. (True/False)
Gx, Gy, Gz: The MWD accelerometer sensor’s X, Y, and Z-axis value. (G)
G Tot: The total acceleration calculated by the accelerometer values. (G)
Hx, Hy, Hz: The MWD magnetometer sensor’s X, Y, and Z-axis value. (Gauss)
H Tot: The total magnetic field calculated by magnetometer values. (Gauss)
Azm: The azimuth angle of the tool. (°)
Inc: The inclination of the tool. (°)
mTFA: The magnetic tool-face angle. (°)
gTFA: The gravitational tool-face (High Side) angle. (°)
DipA: The dip angle with respect to the magnetic field of the earth. (°)
g GE Power Systems
Removing Bad Data:
When you observe a set of bad data, place a checkmark in the Bad field of the data
set. The data set remains marked as bad until the user unmarks it. MWDRoll32 does
not delete data sets marked as bad, but does omit them from all calculations. Data
sets marked as bad remain part of the acquired data and appear on printed reports
marked as bad.
Roll Test Options
Data acquisition can be initiated in only two ways:

• Automatically - if starting a new test, MWDRoll32 guides the user through a
sequence that opens the Roll Test Options dialog (pictured below) and starts
data acquisition.
• Manually - if a roll test is already open, the user may choose to start acquiring
data by selecting the Start Data Acquisition… item from the File menu. The
Roll Test Options dialog (pictured below) opens.
Test Operating Mode
In the Roll Test Options dialog, the user first selects an operating mode:
• Interactive mode allows the user to manually acquire data as each orientation
becomes ready. This selection may be convenient when the test is conducted
near the computer.
• Remote mode allows automatic data acquisition at timed intervals. This
selection may be convenient when the test is conducted far from the computer.
g GE Power Systems
Interactive Mode Options
When selecting Interactive mode, the user must set the interactive mode options.
The default selection is manual data acquisition.
Manual Data Acquisition requires the user to click either the Acquire or Skip button
for each tool position.
Automatic Data Acquisition automatically acquires the data after allowing the user a
set interval of time to properly position the tool in each orientation.
Remote Mode Options
When selecting Remote mode, the user must set remote mode options.
Hold-Off Time: Enter the time (in seconds) the user needs to proceed to the MWD
tool location before testing actually starts.
Interval Time: Enter the time (in seconds) between each automatic data acquisition.
Note: MWDRoll32 will automatically record data at the end of each
interval whether the tool is properly positioned or not.
Orientations:
By default, MWDRoll32 acquires data for all four orientations unless the user chooses
to acquire data from fewer than four. For example, if, after a roll test is completed,
the data from one of the four orientations is discovered to be bad, the user is able to
re-acquire data for that one orientation only.
Starting the test:
Once all options in the Roll Test Options dialog have been set, the user may start the
test by clicking the OK button. To find out how to acquire data, see the Acquiring
Data help.
g GE Power Systems
Acquiring Data
Once a roll test has been started (see Starting a New Roll Test), data acquisition
begins. The method used to acquire data depends on the user’s selection of
Interactive or Remote mode.
Interactive Mode Data Acquisition
1) Position the tool in the orientation specified in the

User Instructions/Feedback display. Place the MWD tool flat (set
inclination to 90°) and set the azimuth to reflect the orientation:
• For North, set the azimuth to 0°
• For East, set the azimuth to 90°
• For South, set the azimuth to 180°
• For Vertical, the azimuth value is ignored.
2) Set High Side: refer to the Guidance Rose display and rotate the tool until
the red High Side marker is within the green pie section.
3) Click the Acquire button to record the data or click the Skip button to
discard the data. The green pie section moves to the next position.
4) Repeat the previous step for each position until the green pie section has
returned to the original position.
5) Refer to the User Instructions display for further instructions.
Remote Mode Data Acquisition
Prepare to use your watch to monitor the seconds passing as you position the tool
into each orientation. Stay within the allotted Hold-Off and Interval times.
1) Click the OK button on the Roll Test Options dialog.
2) Position the MWD tool in the first orientation.
3) Wait for the Hold-Off time to elapse and for MWDRoll32 to acquire the
data for the first orientation.
4) Rotate the tool by 45° during the interval time.
5) Wait for MWDRoll32 to acquire the data.
6) Repeat the previous two steps until MWDRoll32 has acquired data for all
orientations.
g GE Power Systems
Printing and Exporting Reports
Print a report for every completed roll test. MWDRoll32 saves all data but a printed
report is useful for reference.
Previewing
To view a preview of the test report, click the Print/Export Report… item from the
File menu. A window containing a preview pane and print control buttons appears.
Exporting
To export the report, click the envelope icon. MWDRoll32 prompts you to enter the
export format and destination.
To export to another file format, enter the path and filename for the new file.
Printing
Preview the report to verify that the data is correct.
To print, click the printer icon. A window with print options appears. Select from the
options and click OK.
To close the Print/Export window, click the X button.

g GE Power Systems
Troubleshooting
The following known issues may cause problems under infrequent circumstances.
Error Messages:
The Jet VBA file vbajet.dll or vbajet32.dll failed to initialize when called.
Try re-installing the application that returned the error.
This error is due to a problem registering the DAO file ddao350.dll.

To correct this problem:
1) Close MWDRoll32.
2) Click the Windows Start button (on the lower left corner of the screen).
3) Click the Run item.
4) Enter regsvr32 ddao350.dll.
5) Click OK.
6) Re-start Windows.
7) Re-start MWDRoll32.
Appearance Problems
MWDRoll32’s main displays look discolored, odd, or indistinguishable.

This problem is probably due to bad color settings. To correct your PC color settings:
1) Close MWDRoll32.
3) Click the Settings item.
4) Click Control Panel item. The Control Panel window opens
5) Click the Display icon. The Display Properties window opens.
6) Click the Settings tab at the top of the Display Properties window
7) Verify that the Colors field is set to at least 256 colors or 8 bit.
Ideally, it should be set to either 65536 Colors, 16 Bit, or High Color.
8) Click OK. The Display Properties window closes.
9) Close the Control Panel window.
g GE Power Systems
MWDRoll32 does not fit within the Windows desktop and some items are not visible.
This problem is due to the resolution of the video adapter. To correct your PC screen
resolution setting:
1) Close MWDRoll32.
3) Click the Settings item.
4) Click Control Panel item. The Control Panel window opens
5) Click the Display icon. The Display Properties window opens.
6) Click the Settings tab at the top of the Display Properties window
7) Verify that the Screen Area field is set to at least 640 x 480.
Ideally it should be set to 1024 x 768.
8) Click OK. The Display Properties window closes.
9) Close the Control Panel window.
After a print, the print preview pane displays oddly.

After sending a report to the printer, MWDRoll32 does not refresh the print preview
window. To view the print preview window again:
1) Click the Close button.

2) Click the File menu.
3) Click the Print/Export Report item.
Bug Reporting
Please contact GE Power Systems if you find a recurring problem in MWDRoll32.
First, make sure you can reproduce the problem, then email the following details to:
william.ryer@ps.ge.com
• Your name and email address for correspondence
• Description of the recurring problem including any relevant information
• Steps needed to reproduce the problem
• Details of the computer system running MWDRoll32
• Any additional information
Please include as many details as possible in your email.

g GE Power Systems
Magnetic Declination and other Magnetic Information
The declination and other magnetic information for your geographic location can be
found on the Internet site for the National Geophysical Data Center of NOAA. The
address is www.ngdc.noaa.gov/seg/potfld/geomag.html.
Click the heading Magnetic Declination. Enter your latitude and longitude to obtain
the declination and other information. For assistance in determining your correct
latitude and longitude, click the link on this web page to either the U.S. Gazetteer or
the Getty Thesaurus.
g GE Power Systems
MWD Electronics Calibration Test (SN: 2004) (Created on 08/18/00)
Roll Test Header:
Unique Test Identifier: 254 Notes: Software Test

Operator Name: SAM Site Location: Mag2
Tool Serial Number: 2004 City: Austin
Tool Bias Multiplier: State / Province: TEXAS
8/15/00 3:17:21 ZIP / Postal
Start Date and Date: 78664
PM Code:
Country: USA
Roll Test Data:
North
Shot # Bad High Side Inclination Azimuth Magnetic Dip Angle Magnetic Field Gravity
Shot (°) (°) Toolface (º) (°) (Gauss) (G)
1 No 357.80 90.00 0.80 177.30 59.50 0.49 1.00

2 No 44.60 90.00 0.80 224.20 59.50 0.49 1.00
3 No 91.20 90.00 0.80 270.80 59.50 0.49 1.00
4 No 130.90 90.10 0.80 310.50 59.50 0.49 1.00
5 No 175.80 90.00 0.90 355.30 59.50 0.49 1.00
6 No 222.70 90.00 0.90 42.10 59.50 0.49 1.00
7 No 266.40 89.90 0.90 85.90 59.50 0.49 1.00
8 No 313.30 89.90 0.80 132.90 59.50 0.49 1.00
Minimum 44.30 90.00 180.60 41.10 59.50 0.493 1.002
Maximum 357.50 90.20 180.60 356.10 59.60 0.494 1.003
Spread 313.20 0.20 0.00 315.00 0.10 0.001 0.001
East
9 No 358.30 90.30 90.50 147.90 59.60 0.49 1.00

10 No 45.80 90.30 90.60 195.40 59.60 0.49 1.00
11 No 87.50 90.30 90.60 237.10 59.60 0.49 1.00
12 No 132.00 90.30 90.50 281.60 59.60 0.49 1.00
13 No 179.60 90.30 90.60 329.20 59.50 0.49 1.00
14 No 228.90 90.20 90.60 18.40 59.50 0.49 1.00
15 No 270.30 90.20 90.60 59.80 59.50 0.49 1.00
16 No 315.40 90.20 90.50 104.90 59.50 0.49 1.00
Minimum 45.80 90.20 90.50 18.40 59.50 0.493 1.002
Maximum 358.30 90.30 90.60 329.20 59.60 0.494 1.002
Spread 312.50 0.10 0.10 310.80 0.10 0.001 0.000

g GE Power Systems
South
17 No 357.50 90.10 180.60 177.90 59.60 0.49 1.00

18 No 44.30 90.10 180.60 224.60 59.60 0.49 1.00
19 No 85.60 90.20 180.60 265.90 59.60 0.49 1.00
20 No 130.50 90.20 180.60 310.90 59.60 0.49 1.00
21 No 175.70 90.10 180.60 356.10 59.60 0.49 1.00
22 No 220.80 90.10 180.60 41.10 59.60 0.49 1.00
23 No 271.00 90.00 180.60 91.40 59.60 0.49 1.00
24 No 318.30 90.00 180.60 138.60 59.50 0.49 1.00
Minimum 44.30 90.00 180.60 41.10 59.50 0.493 1.002
Maximum 357.50 90.20 180.60 356.10 59.60 0.494 1.003
Spread 313.20 0.20 0.00 315.00 0.10 0.001 0.001
Vertical
25 No 128.10 0.30 27.30 155.70 59.60 0.49 1.00

26 No 127.90 0.30 27.50 155.70 59.50 0.49 1.00
25 No 128.10 0.30 27.30 155.70 59.60 0.49 1.00

Spread 0.20 0.00 0.20 0.00 0.10 0.000 0.000
Roll Test Summary:

Specification Specification
Minimum Maximum Spread
Spread Limit Met?
Dip Angle (º) 1.2 59.50 59.60 0.10 Yes
Magnetic Field (Gauss) 0.007 0.493 0.494 0.001 Yes
Gravitational Field (G) 0.012 1.001 1.003 0.002 Yes
North East South

Spread Spread Spread
Inclination (º) 0.2 0.20 0.10 0.20 Yes
Azimuth (º) 0.4 0.10 0.10 0.00 Yes
Roll Test Specification Evaluation:
MWDRoll32 has determined that the MWD tool is calibrated and accurate
enough to meet GE-Tensor requirements.
g GE Power Systems
Notes

1 100030 SCREW, PAN HEAD, STAINLESS STEEL - 2-56 X 1/4, SLOTTED EA 4
1 115260 SCREW, FILLISTER HEAD, BRASS - 10-32 X 3/8, SLOTTED EA 4
1 381600 ORING AS-217 VITON 75D ST 3
1 -384027 ELECTRONICS MODULE (TQ) EA 1
2 -384009 STRONGBACK, QSI EA 1
3 101 CONNECTOR, MDM, 15 PIN, HT, 18", LOW PROFILE JACKSCREW EA 1
3 102 CONNECTOR, MDM, 21 PIN - , MDM-21PH003L EA 1
3 477 CONNECTOR, MDM, 21 PIN - , MDM-21PH003F EA 1
3 478 CONNECTOR, MDM, 21 SOCKET - , MDM-21SH003B EA 1
3 FD-100355-001 STRONGBACK EA 1
2 -384010 SINGLE PORT MPU, 150C EA 1
3 46 IC, EEPROM, 32K - LLC, 5962-8852504YA EA 3
3 48 IC, RAM, 8K - LLC, IDT7164L70L32B EA 1
3 49 IC, LATCH D, OCTAL TRISTATE - LCC, SNJ54HC373FK EA 1
3 50 OCTAL D-LATCH,LCC EA 1
3 51 IC, DECODER, 3-8 LINE - LCC, SNJ54HC138FK EA 1
3 53 IC, NAND GATE, TRIPLE 3-I/P - LCC, SNJ54HC10FK EA 1
3 54 IC, INVERTER, HEX - LCC, SNJ54HC14FK EA 1
3 55 IC, NAND GATE, DUAL 4-I/P - LCC, SNJ54HC20FK EA 1
3 56 IC, NAND GATE, QUAD 2-I/P - LCC, SNJ54HC00FK EA 1
3 57 OP AMP, COMPARATOR, DUAL - , TLC372MJG EA 1
3 58 OSCILLATOR, CRYSTAL, 4.9152MHZ - TO8, KT-08 -2689 EA 1
3 60 IC, VOLTAGE REFERENCE, - , LT1004-1.2MH EA 1
3 76 CHIP CAPACITOR,M0.1MF,50 EA 2
3 77 CHIP CAPACITOR,100PF,50 EA 10
3 78 CHIP CAPACITOR, 0.01MF50 EA 14
3 79 CHIP CAPACITOR,27PF,50V EA 2
3 80 CHIP CAP, 1000PF,50V EA 3
3 82 CONNECTOR, MDM, 21S PCB - , MDM-21SCBRP EA 1
3 83 TERMINAL, TEST POINT, - , TP-101-10 EA 7
3 84 IC, BUFFER, HEX INVERTING TRISTATE - LCC, SNJ54HC368FK EA 1
3 88 RESIST, 1K00 1% 1206 EA 9
3 89 RFESIST, 49K9 1% 1206 EA 17

3 91 RESIST,301R 1% 1206 EA 6
3 92 RESIST,100R 1% 1206 EA 1
3 93 RESIST,10K0 1% 1206 EA 1
3 94 RESIST,3M0 5% 1206 EA 1
3 95 RESIST,130K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 96 RESIST,200K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 97 RESIST,150R 1% 1206 EA 1
3 98 RESIST,270K 5% 1206 EA 1
3 99 RESIST,75K0 1% 1206 EA 1
3 100 RESIST,4K99 1% 1206 EA 2
3 111 SPACER, LT1004, - , 104-020 EA 1
3 275 DIODE, SIGNAL, - LEADLESS, RLS4148 EA 2
3 339 TRANSISTOR, N-CH FET, - SOT, BSS138 EA 2
3 340 TRANSISTOR, P-CH FET, - SOT, VP0610T EA 1
3 412 RESIST,332K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 413 RESIST,422K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 414 RESIST,2M7 5% 1206 EA 1
3 467 RESIST,2M0 5% 1206 EA 1
3 659 SPACER, CRYSTAL, TEFLON - , 2260-T317 EA 1
3 750 DIODE, ZENER, 6.2 V - LL41, GLL4735A EA 2
3 754 TANT CHIP CAP,4.7MF/25V EA 2
3 -CF-100611-001 68HC11A1MFN W/SPACEFILLER EA 1
4 45 IC, MICROPROCESSOR, EA 1
- UP TO 1996 - 52 PLCC, MC68HC11A1MFN
4 FD-100607-001 SPACE FILLER,52-PIN PLCC EA 1
3 PC-100080-002 SINGLE PORT MPU EA 1
3 SOP2000 PROCEDURE,TEMPERATURE CYCLING DOC 0
2 -384011 TRIPLE POWER SUPPLY, 150C EA 1
3 8 IC, VOLTAGE REGULATOR, POS SW - , MAX638AMJA EA 2
3 13 DIODE, FAST RECOVERY, 1A - , MUR105 EA 3
3 15 IC, VOLTAGE REFERENCE, 2.5V - , LT1004-2.5MH/883B EA 1
3 18 TRANSISTOR, P-CH FET, TMOS - , VP2206N2 EA 4
3 26 CERAMIC CAP 1MF(CK06) EA 5
3 43 CONNECTOR, MDM, 15 SOCKET R ANG - , MDM-15SCBRP EA 1
3 88 RESIST, 1K00 1% 1206 EA 3
3 89 RFESIST, 49K9 1% 1206 EA 5
3 91 RESIST,301R 1% 1206 EA 1
3 93 RESIST,10K0 1% 1206 EA 6

3 100 RESIST,4K99 1% 1206 EA 3
3 109 BEAD, FERRITE, - , H1027 EA 3
3 111 SPACER, LT1004, - , 104-020 EA 1
3 255 IC, SWITCH, SPDT - , DG301AAA/883B EA 3
3 262 DIODE, ZENER, SURGE SUPRESSOR - , 1N6284A EA 1
3 276 RESIST,1R00 1% 1206 EA 3
3 283 RESIST,2K00 1% 1206 EA 2
3 290 RESIST, 20K0 1% 1206 EA 7
3 293 RESIST, 100K 1% 1206 EA 13
3 294 RESIST,200K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 298 CHIP CAPACITOR, 470PF, 50 EA 1
3 311 RESIST,JUMPER 1206 EA 2
3 350 IC, REGULATOR, NEGATIVE - , MAX634MJA EA 1
3 351 DIODE, ZENER, 11V - , 1N4698 EA 1
3 352 TRANSISTOR, NPN, - SOT23, MMBT2222A EA 5
3 353 TRANSISTOR, PNP, - SOT23, MMBT2907A EA 2
3 356 CERAMIC CHIP CAP 47PF EA 1
3 357 RESIST,15K4 1% 1206 EA 1
3 358 RESIST,18K7 1% 1206 EA 1
3 359 RESIST,22K1 1% 1206 EA 1
3 361 RESIST,40K2 1% 1206 EA 3
3 362 RESIST,73K2 1% 1206 EA 2
3 365 RESIST,523K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 380 DIODE, ZENER, SURGE SUPRESSOR - 5V, 1N5908 EA 1
3 507 DIODE, SIGNAL, - LL34, RLS4153 EA 3
3 568 OP AMP, DUAL, BIPOLAR - , OP220AZ EA 1
3 572 RESIST,24K9 1% 1206 EA 1
3 602 DIODE, ZENER, SURGE SUPRESSOR - 16V, 1N6276A EA 2
3 604 DIODE, GENERAL PURPOSE, 1A - , 1N4005 EA 2
3 661 TANT CAP 33MF/75V EA 2
3 704 RESIST,34K8 1% 1206 EA 1
3 712 RESIST,80K6 1% 1206 EA 1
3 714 TRANSISTOR, P-CH FET, - , TP0610N2 EA 1
3 719 TRANSISTOR, P-CH FET, - , IRF9521 EA 1
3 720 TANT CHIP CAP,15MF/25V EA 8
3 745 TANT CHIP CAP 6.8MF/35V EA 1
3 850 TANT CHIP CAP 47MF/10V EA 3
3 -CF-100049-001 INDUCTOR, 7.5mH EA 1
4 5 CORE, HALF GAPPED, - , B66307-G0060-X127 EA 1
4 6 BOBBIN, , - , B1808-01 EA 1

3 -CF-100072-001 INDUCTOR, TOROID, 35uH EA 1
4 329 CORE, TOROID EA 1
3 -CF-100073-001 INDUCTOR, TOROID 320uH EA 1
3 PC-100325-001 TRIPLE POWER SUPPLY PCB EA 1
1 -970730 MWD DAQ ASSY,MAX186 EA 1
2 126711 TUBING SHRINK 3/32 KYNAR EA 0
2 127002 TUBING,#22,NATURAL,TEFLON SP 0
2 127010 LACING CORD HI TEMP 1500 FOOT ROLL RL 0
2 201510 RESISTOR, METAL FILM, RL07S - EA 1
- 510.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C
2 254365 RESIS,RN50C,1%,365.00 K MET. FILM, 50PPM/C,0.1W EA 1
2 381125 CONNECTOR MDM 21 PIN FLOAT MDM21PH003F EA 1
2 381130 CONNECTOR,MDM,21PIN,LONG MDM21PH006B EA 1
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
2 400130 RTV,RTV615,CLEAR,W/CATLST KIT 9.1 LB PARTA .9LB B EA 0.07
2 400195 LOCTITE,REMOVABLE.242 THREADLOCKER EA 0
2 599999 INSUL. .028 X .90 X 3.50 THIN POLYIMIDE BOARD EA 2
2 -700082-001 ASSY,PCB,MAX186,MWD EA 1
3 311105 CAP,X7R,CKR24(DIP),1MF CERAMIC, 15% -55TO125 EA 3
3 253475 RESIS,RN50C,1%, 47.50 K MET. FILM, 50PPM/C,0.1W EA 8
3 290030 RESIS,SIP,47.0K 4310R-101-473 EA 1
3 301103 CAP,X7R,CKR22(DIP),0.01MF CERAMIC, 15% -55TO125 EA 1
3 343685 CAP,TANTALUM,SMOUNT,6.8MF 25 VOLT T491 EPOXY MOLDED EA 3
3 -381010 POST,TERM,PIN,SILV,0.040 ANNEALED EA 16
4 381008 POST,TERM,PIN,UNP,0.040 1/2 HARD BRASS, UNPLATED EA 1
3 500080 DIODE,HIGH SPEED 1N914 EA 1
3 500313 A/D-MUX COMBO,MAX186,DIP 20 PIN DIP EA 1
3 600082 PCB,MAX186 2.5 X .950 EA 1
2 -700084-001 ASSY,PCB,-5V,REF EA 1
3 128001 WIRE, BUSS, 22 GAUGE 100 FT SPOOL SP 0

3 315105 CAP,X7R,RADIAL,CKR06,1 UF 50V EA 1
3 343226 CAP,TANTALUM,SMOUNT,22MF-16V-10% T491 EPOXY MOLDED EA 1
3 500175 CHARGE PUMP, +8 TO -8 MAX 665MJA EA 1
3 500315 VOLT. REF,5.000V,MAX6250 8 PIN DIP EA 1
3 600084 PCB,-5V,4.096V OUTPUT 1.9 X .95 EA 1
2 970731 TAG, 970730, BRASS EA 1
2 -970761 CHASSIS,MWD DATA ACQ ASS EA 1
3 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
4 -970706 ROD,BECU,GROUND,.189/.190 CNTERLESS GROUND, 4"LONG EA 0.17
5 R03897 ROD,BECU,ALLOY 25,1/4"DIA IN 4.2
3 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
3 970763 QSI 21-PIN CONN. DETAIL MACHINE DETAIL DWG ONLY EA 1
3 R00410 2024,BAR,RND,1.50"DIA ALUMINUM 2024T351 IN 9
2 V-FIT-500-10 SHRINK TUBING,TFE TEFLON, 0.191 ID IN 1.5
1 -970750 7013 MWD ORIENTATION,150C "SN:________" EA 1
2 107105 SCREW, PAN HEAD, BRASS - 4-40 X 5/16, SLOTTED EA 2
2 242100 RESISTOR, BULK METAL FOIL, RADIAL - EA 3
- 1.0 K, 0.005, 1/2 W, 2.5 PPM/C
2 290050 RESIS,PHLPS,5023ZA10K00F EA 1
2 380015 Accel, 160C, Honeywell - Servo, Regular EA 3
2 381015 LUG,RING,#2,28-22GA VOLTREX CRS-TO-2202 EA 1
2 381110 CONNECTOR ,MDM ,15SOCKET, HT, NON MAG, 36" EA 1
2 381150 CONNECTOR,MDM,21SOCKET EA 1
2 400010 TEMP TAB 166-204C OMEGA TL-E-330 EA 2
2 400030 RTV,RTV31,RED,W/CATALYST 1 LB KIT EA 0.28
2 400040 PRIMER,RED,SS4004 1 PT BOTTLE EA 0.13
2 400100 RTV 3112 WHITE 1 LB CAN (USES F CAT) EA 0.01
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
2 400160 CATALYST 9,STYCAST 2850FT 4 OZ BOTTLE EA 0.01

2 -700001 ASSY,PCB,ACCHDR WITHOUT VISHAY INSTALLED EA 3
- 10.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C
3 381011 POST,BIFURCATED,MINIATURE USECO 2065-A1 OR EQUIV EA 2
3 600001 PCB,ACCHDR SEND DWG A-600001-04 ALSO EA 1
2 -700024 ASSY,PCB,TROD SN # ______ EA 1
3 102266 WASHER, , FIBER - #4, 1/16 THICK EA 1
RESISTOR, METAL FILM, RL07S -
3 200100 - 10.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 8
3 200330 - 33.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 201100 - 100 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202100 - 1.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202680 - 6.8 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 5
3 203100 - 10.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 203470 - 47.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 321683 CAP,NPO,RADIAL,0.068MF CERAMIC, MOLDED EA 2
CAP,TANTALUM,SMOUNT,
3 343106 - 10 UF 20 VOLT T491 EPOXY MOLDED EA 6
3 343685 - 6.8MF 25 VOLT T491 EPOXY MOLDED EA 3
3 352101 CAP,SIL/MICA,100 PF EA 1
3 380004 XTAL OSC, DQXO-3S EA 1
3 400060 EPOXY,WHITE,EPOTEC H61 GR 0
3 500004 DIODE,ZENER,22V 1N4748 EA 2
3 500180 REGULATOR,VOLTAGE 723/883 723 EA 1
3 500240 SENSOR, TEMPERATURE AD590LH EA 1
3 500260 GATE, 7512 AD7512DITQ EA 1
3 500460 TRANSISTOR,PNP MPS6534 EA 1
3 500470 TRANSISTOR,NPN MPSA14 EA 2
3 500480 TRANSISTOR,PNP MPSA64 EA 2
3 500570 OPAMP OP14EZ OP14EZ EA 1
3 600024 PCB,TROD EA 1
3 900019 PHENOLIC INSULATOR RING FOR DQX TYPE XTAL EA 1
2 -710025 ASSY,PCB,XYDET,LOWPOW S/N _______ EA 2

3 200100 - 10.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 201100 - 100 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 3
3 202100 - 1.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 202150 - 1.5 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202330 - 3.3 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202510 - 5.1 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202820 - 8.2 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 203470 - 47.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 204100 - 100.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 3
3 220619 RESIS,RN55E,1%, 61.90 OHM MET. FILM, 25PPM/C,1/4W EA 1
3 221100 RESIS,RN55E,1%,100.00 OHM MET. FILM, 25PPM/C,1/4W EA 1
3 222909 RESIS,RN55E,1%, 9.09 K MET. FILM, 25PPM/C,1/4W EA 1
3 224100 RESIS,RN55E,1%,100.00 K MET. FILM, 25PPM/C,1/4W EA 1
3 311473 CAP,X7R,CKR04(RAD),.047MF CERAMIC, 15% -55TO125 EA 1
3 321104 CAP, ,AXIAL,EPOXY,0.1MF CERAMIC, MOLDED EA 3
3 343106 CAP,TANTALUM,SMOUNT,10 UF 20 VOLT T491 EPOXY MOLDED EA 2
3 500430 TRANSISTOR,MPS6521 MPS6521 EA 1
3 500440 TRANSISTOR, MPS6523 MPS6523 EA 1
3 500581 OPAMP, OP200EZ EA 2
3 600025 PCB,XYDET EA 1
2 -710026 ASSY,PCB,ZDET,LOWPOW S/N ______ EA 1
3 200100 - 10.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 201100 - 100 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 3
3 201620 - 620.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202100 - 1.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 4
3 202150 - 1.5 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202330 - 3.3 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 202510 - 5.1 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202820 - 8.2 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 203100 - 10.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 203470 - 47.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 204100 - 100.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 3

3 500581 OPAMP, OP200EZ EA 3
3 600026 PCB,ZDET EA 1
2 -900011 WASHER,SENSOR,MOUNT EA 2
3 R00600 2024,TUB,1/4"OD 0.060WALL ALUMINUM 2024T351 IN 0.1
2 -970504 Cup, Accel, 970502 - Z Accel EA 1
3 R01150 7075,BAR,ROUND,1.25"DIA ALUMINUM 7075T651 IN 1
2 -970505 SCREW, ACCEL, 9/16-32 X .21, EA 1
- NON ANODIZED WITH 3/16 HOLE
3 R00985 7075,BAR,ROUND,.625"DIA ALUMINUM 7075T651 IN 1
2 -970752 CHASSIS,7013MWD,W/ENDCAP EA 1
3 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
3 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
2 970755 TAG,970750,BRASS EA 1
2 -980008 SENSOR,MAG,BIAX,W/PLATE EA 2
3 106790 SCREW, FILLISTER HEAD, BRASS - 2-56 X 5/8 EA 0
3 400041 SILICONE GREASE, DC #4 EA 0
3 400070 GLYPT,RED GC109002 2 OZ BOTTLE EA 0
3 -900009 PLATE,SENSOR,MOUNT EA 1
4 R03260 360,PLATE,1/8 THK,1" WIDE IN 1
3 -900030 SENSOR,MAG,BIAX,NO PLATE EA 1
4 128000 WIRE, BUSS, 20 GAUGE FT 0
4 380009 CORE,RING,MAGNETICS EA 1

4 380040 WIRE MAGNET 34AWG HML HVY POLYTHERMALEZE LB 0
4 400050 EPOXY,BLACK,STYCST 2850FT 3 LB CAN EA 0
4 400065 EPOXY,1838B/A,GREEN,3M TWO PART (TUBES A & B) EA 0
4 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0
4 400111 RTV,RTV3140,CLEAR 3 OZ TUBE EA 0
4 -900008 COVER,CORE BOX,PHEN,.030 EA 1
5 -900021 TUBE,L.P.,4"X0.642+-.0005 CTRLS GROUND OUTSIDE DIA EA 0.02
6 R05054 LIN PHE,TUB,0.75OD .125WL IN 4.29
4 -900010 BOBBIN,SENSOR EA 1
5 R05049 LINEN PHE,PLATE,0.625" SF 0.01
2 -982089 Adapter, Accel, Rnd to Sq - X/Y accel, 1" accel EA 2
3 R00890 2024 PLATE STOCK .090 THK ALUMINUM SF 0.02
2 M16878/4BDE-0 WIRE,TFE,26GA,BLACK 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 9
2 M16878/4BDE-1 WIRE,TFE,26GA,BROWN 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 2
2 M16878/4BDE-1ST COAX,TFE,26GA,WHITE 19X38 TYPE E FT 3
2 M16878/4BDE-2 WIRE,TFE,26GA,RED 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 2
2 M16878/4BDE-3 WIRE,TFE,26GA,ORANGE 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 2
2 M16878/4BDE-4 WIRE,TFE,26GA,YELLOW 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 2
2 M16878/4BDE-5 WIRE,TFE,26GA,GREEN 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 2
2 M16878/4BDE-6 WIRE,TFE,26GA,BLUE 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 2
2 V-FIT-500-10 SHRINK TUBING,TFE TEFLON, 0.191 ID IN 3
1 -972124 SPLIT RING, ALUM, 1.43 OD PR 3
2 R00411 2024,BAR,RND,1.625 DIA ALUMINUM 2024T351 IN 0.5
2 R04144 BECU25,TDO4, 1.875"D,BAR C17200,FULL HARD,NO H.T. IN 6
1 -981709 SENSOR END EA 1
2 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
2 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2

1 -981725 PRESSURE HOUSING, SENSOR EA 1
1 -981728 SNUBSHOCKASSY,SENSOR,MOLD RANDOLPH COMPOUND 954 EA 1
2 -981735 SNUBBER CASE,MWD ELCTR EA 1
2 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
2 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
2 -981525 SNUBBERSHOCK PIN, MWD EA 0
3 R03901 BECU,ROD,5/32 DIA. ALLOY 25 TH04 IN 1.5
2 -981736 SNUBBER CAP, MWD ELCTR EA 1
2 -981738 SNUBBER SHAFT, MWD ELCTR EA 1
2 -981739 SNUBBER PLUG, MWD ELECTR EA 1
1 -981992 PIGTAIL, SENSOR SNUBBER EA 1
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
2 981522 4PIN 6SOCKET CONNECTOR FACES DOWNHOLE EA 1
1 -981993 PIGTAIL, SENSOR END EA 1
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
2 -700081 ASSY,PCB,PGTL,SENSE,END EA 1

3 500690 DIODE,TRANSORB,5 VOLT SA5.0A EA 6
3 -600081 PCB,PIGTAIL,SENS,END 2 X .7 EA 1
4 591000 PERFBOARD, 4.5"X9.6", PTH 0.042" HOLE DIA, .1" GRID EA 0.01

1 -384049 ELECTRONICS MODULE (HT) EA 1
2 -384040 SINGLE PORT MPU, 175C EA 1
3 000045 IC, MICROPROCESSOR, UP TO 1996 - EA 1
- 52 PLCC, MC68HC11A1MFN
3 000058 OSCILLATOR, CRYSTAL, 4.9152MHZ - TO8, KT-08 -2689 EA 1
3 000077 CHIP CAPACITOR,100PF,50 EA 5
3 000079 CHIP CAPACITOR,27PF,50V EA 2
3 000080 CHIP CAP, 1000PF,50V EA 3
3 000082 CONNECTOR, MDM, 21S PCB - , MDM-21SCBRP EA 1
3 000083 TERMINAL, TEST POINT, - , TP-101-10 EA 6
3 000088 RESIST, 1K00 1% 1206 EA 6
3 000089 RFESIST, 49K9 1% 1206 EA 18
3 000091 RESIST,301R 1% 1206 EA 6
3 000092 RESIST,100R 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000093 RESIST,10K0 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000096 RESIST,200K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000099 RESIST,75K0 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000100 RESIST,4K99 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000339 TRANSISTOR, N-CH FET, - SOT, BSS138 EA 2
3 000340 TRANSISTOR, P-CH FET, - SOT, VP0610T EA 1
3 000387 DIODE, ZENER, 6.0V - MELF/LL41, MLL4735A EA 2
3 000659 SPACER, CRYSTAL, TEFLON - , 2260-T317 EA 1
3 001045 IC, VOLTAGE MONITOR, 2.63V - , MAX708MJA EA 1
3 000094 RESIST,3M0 5% 1206 EA 1
3 000577 IC, NAND GATE, 4*2 - SOIC, MC74HC00D EA 1
3 000581 IC, INVERTER, HEX - SOIC, MC74HC14AD EA 1
3 000587 IC, DEMULTIPLEXER, 1 OF 8 - SOIC, MC74HC138AD EA 1
3 000593 IC, FLIP FLOP D, OCTAL - SOIC, MC74HC273DW EA 1

3 000594 IC, BUFFER, DUAL 2 BIT/4 BIT TRISTATE - SOI, CD74HC368M EA 1
3 000595 IC, LATCH, 8 BIT TRISTATE - , MC74HC373DW EA 1
3 000647 IC, NAND GATE, DUAL 4 INPUT - SOIC, MC74HC20D EA 1
3 001078 CER CAP,CK05,0.1MF,R EA 2
3 001363 IC, RAM, 32K*8 - 28S0J/ISSI, IDT71256L25YI EA 1
3 001508 IC, EEPROM, 32K*8 - PGA, 5962-8863404UA EA 3
3 PC-100600-02A SINGLE PORT MPU (HT) PCB EA 1
3 FD-100607-01A SPACE FILLER, 52-PIN PLCC EA 1
3 SC-100600-02 SCHEMATIC,SINGLE PORT MPU,175C DOC 0
3 PR-100600-01 PROCDEURE,SINGLE PORT MPU DOC 0
3 FD-100614-01A 52-PIN PLCC WITH SPACE FILLER EA 0
3 AS-100600-02 ASSEMBLY,SINGLE PORT MPU,175C DOC 0
3 000088 RESIST, 1K00 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000089 RFESIST, 49K9 1% 1206 EA 5
3 000091 RESIST,301R 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000093 RESIST,10K0 1% 1206 EA 10
3 000096 RESIST,200K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000100 RESIST,4K99 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000109 BEAD, FERRITE, - , H1027 EA 3
3 000111 SPACER, LT1004, - , 104-020 EA 1
3 000276 RESIST,1R00 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000283 RESIST,2K00 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000290 RESIST, 20K0 1% 1206 EA 7
3 000293 RESIST, 100K 1% 1206 EA 12
3 000351 DIODE, ZENER, 11V - , 1N4698 EA 1

3 000357 RESIST,15K4 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000358 RESIST,18K7 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000359 RESIST,22K1 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000362 RESIST,73K2 1% 1206 EA 2
3 000365 RESIST,523K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000572 RESIST,24K9 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000661 TANT CAP 33MF/75V EA 2
3 000704 RESIST,34K8 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000712 RESIST,80K6 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000722 OP AMP, COMPARATOR, DUAL - 8DIL, LM193JG EA 1
3 000743 RESIST, 4K75 1% 1206 EA 1
3 001324 RESIST,7K15 1% 1206 EA 1
3 -CF-100049-001 INDUCTOR, 7.5mH EA 1
4 000006 BOBBIN, , - , B1808-01 EA 1
3 PC-100605-001 TRIPLE POW SUPPLY(HT)PCB EA 1
2 -384042 STRONGBACK(HT), QSI EA 1
3 000101 CONNECTOR, MDM, 15 PIN, HT, 18", - LOW PROFILE JACKSCREW EA 1

- 510.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
3 290030 RESIS,SIP,47.0K 4310R-101-473 EA 1
3 600082 PCB,MAX186 2.5 X .950 EA 1
2 -700084-001 ASSY,PCB,-5V,REF EA 1

3 600084 PCB,-5V,4.096V OUTPUT 1.9 X .95 EA 1
2 970731 TAG, 970730, BRASS EA 1
3 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
3 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
1 -970740 7013 MWD ORIENTATION,175C EA 1
2 380046-002 Accel, 185C, Honeywell - Servo, Regular EA 3
2 242100 RESISTOR, BULK METAL FOIL, RADIAL - EA 3
- 1.0 K, 0.005, 1/2 W, 2.5 PPM/C
2 400050 EPOXY,BLACK,STYCST 2850FT 3 LB CAN EA 0.01
2 400100 RTV 3112 WHITE 1 LB CAN (USES F CAT) EA 0
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
- 10.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C

RESISTOR, METAL FILM, RL07S
3 200100 - 10.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 8
3 200330 - 33.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 201100 - 100 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202100 - 1.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202680 - 6.8 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 5
3 203100 - 10.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 203470 - 47.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 500004 DIODE,ZENER,22V 1N4748 EA 2
3 500260 GATE, 7512 AD7512DITQ EA 1
3 200100 - 10.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 201100 - 100 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 3
3 202100 - 1.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 202150 - 1.5 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202330 - 3.3 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202510 - 5.1 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1

3 202820 - 8.2 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 203470 - 47.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 204100 - 100.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 3
3 500581 OPAMP, OP200EZ EA 2
3 200100 - 10.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 201100 - 100 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 3
3 201620 - 620.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202100 - 1.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 4
3 202150 - 1.5 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202330 - 3.3 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 202510 - 5.1 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202820 - 8.2 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 203100 - 10.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 203470 - 47.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 2
3 204100 - 100.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 3

3 500581 OPAMP, OP200EZ EA 3
2 -970505 SCREW, ACCEL, EA 1
- 9/16-32 X .21, NON ANODIZED WITH 3/16 HOLE
2 970741 TAG,970740,BRASS EA 1
3 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
3 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
4 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0

2 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
2 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2

2 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
2 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
g GE Power Systems
Notes

1 -383998 ELECTRONICS MEMORY MOD QSI EA 1
2 -384009 STRONGBACK, QSI EA 1
3 000088 RESIST, 1K00 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000089 RFESIST, 49K9 1% 1206 EA 5
3 000091 RESIST,301R 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000093 RESIST,10K0 1% 1206 EA 6
3 000100 RESIST,4K99 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000109 BEAD, FERRITE, - , H1027 EA 3
3 000111 SPACER, LT1004, - , 104-020 EA 1
3 000276 RESIST,1R00 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000283 RESIST,2K00 1% 1206 EA 2
3 000290 RESIST, 20K0 1% 1206 EA 7
3 000293 RESIST, 100K 1% 1206 EA 13
3 000294 RESIST,200K 1% 1206 EA 1

3 000351 DIODE, ZENER, 11V - , 1N4698 EA 1
3 000357 RESIST,15K4 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000358 RESIST,18K7 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000359 RESIST,22K1 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000361 RESIST,40K2 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000362 RESIST,73K2 1% 1206 EA 2
3 000365 RESIST,523K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000572 RESIST,24K9 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000661 TANT CAP 33MF/75V EA 2
3 000704 RESIST,34K8 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000712 RESIST,80K6 1% 1206 EA 1
3 -CF-100049-001 INDUCTOR, 7.5mH EA 1
4 000006 BOBBIN, , - , B1808-01 EA 1
3 PC-100325-001 TRIPLE POWER SUPPLY PCB EA 1
2 384048 SINGLE PORT MPU(8MB RCRDR EA 1

2 201510 RESISTOR, METAL FILM, RL07S - 510.0 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
3 290030 RESIS,SIP,47.0K 4310R-101-473 EA 1
3 600082 PCB,MAX186 2.5 X .950 EA 1
2 -700084-001 ASSY,PCB,-5V,REF EA 1
3 600084 PCB,-5V,4.096V OUTPUT 1.9 X .95 EA 1
2 970731 TAG, 970730, BRASS EA 1
3 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
3 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2

1 -970750 7013 MWD ORIENTATION,150C "SN:________" EA 1
2 242100 RESISTOR, BULK METAL FOIL, RADIAL - 1.0 K, 0.005, 1/2 W, 2.5 PPM/C EA 3
2 380015 Accel, 160C, Honeywell - Servo, Regular EA 3
2 400100 RTV 3112 WHITE 1 LB CAN (USES F CAT) EA 0.01
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
3 201100 RESISTOR, METAL FILM, RL07S - 100 OHM, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1
3 202100 RESISTOR, METAL FILM, RL07S - 1.0 K, 0.02, 1/4 W, 100 PPM/C EA 1

3 500004 DIODE,ZENER,22V 1N4748 EA 2
3 500260 GATE, 7512 AD7512DITQ EA 1
3 500581 OPAMP, OP200EZ EA 2

3 500581 OPAMP, OP200EZ EA 3
2 -970505 SCREW, ACCEL, - 9/16-32 X .21, NON ANODIZED WITH 3/16 HOLE EA 1
3 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
3 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2

2 970755 TAG,970750,BRASS EA 1
4 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0
2 V-FIT-500-10 SHRINK TUBING,TFE TEFLON, 0.191 ID IN 3

2 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
2 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
2 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
2 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01

2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
g GE Power Systems
Notes

1 -383999 ELECTRONICS MEMORY MOD HT QSI EA 1
3 000088 RESIST, 1K00 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000089 RFESIST, 49K9 1% 1206 EA 5
3 000091 RESIST,301R 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000093 RESIST,10K0 1% 1206 EA 10
3 000096 RESIST,200K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000100 RESIST,4K99 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000109 BEAD, FERRITE, - , H1027 EA 3
3 000111 SPACER, LT1004, - , 104-020 EA 1
3 000276 RESIST,1R00 1% 1206 EA 3
3 000283 RESIST,2K00 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000290 RESIST, 20K0 1% 1206 EA 7
3 000293 RESIST, 100K 1% 1206 EA 12
3 000351 DIODE, ZENER, 11V - , 1N4698 EA 1
3 000357 RESIST,15K4 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000358 RESIST,18K7 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000359 RESIST,22K1 1% 1206 EA 1

3 000362 RESIST,73K2 1% 1206 EA 2
3 000365 RESIST,523K 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000572 RESIST,24K9 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000661 TANT CAP 33MF/75V EA 2
3 000704 RESIST,34K8 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000712 RESIST,80K6 1% 1206 EA 1
3 000743 RESIST, 4K75 1% 1206 EA 1
3 001324 RESIST,7K15 1% 1206 EA 1
3 -CF-100049-001 INDUCTOR, 7.5mH EA 1
4 000006 BOBBIN, , - , B1808-01 EA 1
3 PC-100605-001 TRIPLE POW SUPPLY(HT)PCB EA 1
2 -384042 STRONGBACK(HT), QSI EA 1
2 384106 SINGL PORT MPU RECOD (HT) QSI EA 1

2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
3 290030 RESIS,SIP,47.0K 4310R-101-473 EA 1
3 600082 PCB,MAX186 2.5 X .950 EA 1
2 -700084-001 ASSY,PCB,-5V,REF EA 1
3 600084 PCB,-5V,4.096V OUTPUT 1.9 X .95 EA 1
2 970731 TAG, 970730, BRASS EA 1
3 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2

3 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
1 -970740 7013 MWD ORIENTATION,175C EA 1
2 380046-002 Accel, 185C, Honeywell - Servo, Regular EA 3
2 242100 RESISTOR, BULK METAL FOIL, RADIAL - 1.0 K, 0.005, 1/2 W, 2.5 PPM/C EA 3
2 400050 EPOXY,BLACK,STYCST 2850FT 3 LB CAN EA 0.01
2 400100 RTV 3112 WHITE 1 LB CAN (USES F CAT) EA 0
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01

3 500004 DIODE,ZENER,22V 1N4748 EA 2
3 500260 GATE, 7512 AD7512DITQ EA 1

3 500581 OPAMP, OP200EZ EA 2
3 500581 OPAMP, OP200EZ EA 3
2 -970505 SCREW, ACCEL, - 9/16-32 X .21, NON ANODIZED WITH 3/16 HOLE EA 1
2 970741 TAG,970740,BRASS EA 1
3 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2

3 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
4 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0

2 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
2 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
2 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
2 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2

2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 6
Centralizers
981500-02 Rev F Assembly Drawing

981748 Assembly Drawing
981755 Rev B Assembly Drawing
g GE Power Systems
Notes

1 981254 SILICONE GREASE CARTRIDG COMPOUND 111; 14.1 OZ EA 0.2
1 -981331 GREASE PLUG REPLACES 981337 EA 2
2 R03898 BECU25,H OR AT,ROD,3/8D C17200, TD04 OR TF00, ROD IN 1
1 -981503 SPLIT SHEAR RING PR 2
2 R03928 BECU25,BAR,1.625,TH04 C[17200],HT,1 5/8 DIA,RND IN 0.5
1 -981504 THREADED RING EA 2
1 -981517 INTERMODULE THREAD PROT. EA 2
1 981523 6PIN 4SOCKET CONNECTOR USE 981681 EA 1
1 -981553 INTERCONNECT BODY, RIBBED EA 1
2 981552 INTERCONNECT SUPPORT ASSY EA 1

1 400041 SILICONE GREASE, DC #4 EA 0.001
1 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
1 400198 LOCTITE 272 HIGH TEMP HIGH STRENGTH EA 0.001
1 981752 SHAFT, MWD CENTRALIZER EA 1
1 M16878/4BDE-0 WIRE,TFE,26GA,BLACK 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8
1 M16878/4BDE-1 WIRE,TFE,26GA,BROWN 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8
1 M16878/4BDE-2 WIRE,TFE,26GA,RED 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8
1 M16878/4BDE-3 WIRE,TFE,26GA,ORANGE 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8
1 M16878/4BDE-4 WIRE,TFE,26GA,YELLOW 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8
1 M16878/4BDE-5 WIRE,TFE,26GA,GREEN 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8
1 M16878/4BDE-6 WIRE,TFE,26GA,BLUE 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8
1 M16878/4BDE-7 WIRE,TFE,26GA,VIOLET 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8
1 M16878/4BDE-8 WIRE,TFE,26GA,GRAY 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8
1 M16878/4BDE-9 WIRE,TFE,26GA,WHITE 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 1.8

1 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
1 -981751 UNWIRED BOWSPRING ASSEMBL EA 1
2 971341 CENTRALIZER BLADE, STD PF EA 4
2 981753 BUMPER EA 1
2 981759 COMPRESSION SPRING EA 1
2 981760 WASHER, , - 1.875 X 1.200 X .125 EA 2
2 981785 COLLAR, MWD CENTRALIZER EA 2

1 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
1 -981756 UNWIRED FINNED CENT.ASS'Y BOUGHT FROM WIRELINE TECH EA 1
2 981757 FINNED SLEEVE EA 1
2 981759 COMPRESSION SPRING EA 1
2 981760 WASHER, , - 1.875 X 1.200 X .125 EA 3
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 7
Spearpoint Assembly

g GE Power Systems
Notes

1 -981712 J-LATCH ASSEMBLY EA 1
2 106720 SCREW, SET, STAINLESS STEEL - 1/4-20 X 3/8, CUP POINT EA 1
2 106740 SCREW 1/4-20 X 1/2 SET CUP POINT SST EA 0
2 -981703 J-LATCH SPEAR POINT EA 1
3 R04127 AL-BRONZE,BAR,1.875OD UNS C63000 (AMPCO 45) IN 10.5
2 981711 PIN, J-LATCH EA 1
1 -981786 SPEARPOINT BASE REPLACES 981740 EA 1
2 R04110 BECU25,BAR,1.875D,TH04 C[17200] IN 7.4
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 8
MWD Pulser Setup and Tool Parameters
MWD Pulser Setup and Tool Parameters

Poppet / Orifice Table
MWD Surface Gear Setup (Diagram)
Depth Tracking Sensor Hookup (4 Diagrams)
SY-100521-01 Surface System Cabling Diag.
SY-100522-01 Cabling Diag. w/Depth Tracking
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
MWD Pulser Setup

and
Tool Parameters
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
Pulser/MWD Probe Operational Parameters
When preparing the system for a job, the field operator must choose several
hardware and software parameters. The well environment where the system will be
used determines the choices. This document names the parameters, discusses
some of the options and leaves other options to the MWD operator’s discretion.
1. Hardware Parameters:
a. Drill Collar Size
b. MWD System Module Selection and Configuration
c. Signal Orifice Size Selection
d. Poppet End Size Selection
2. Software Parameters (That Affect System Operation)
a. Data Word Update Times (Pulse Durations)
b. Survey Data Selection for Transmission
c. Toolface/Logging Data Selection for Transmission
d. Downlinking Capabilities
All parameters, hardware and software, are synergistic: changing one may affect
another. Therefore, consider all settings before deploying the system into the field.
g GE Power Systems
1. Hardware Parameters
a. Drill Collar Size
The well design will determine the BHA and the collars used in it. However,
the MWD operators must be extremely aware of the parameters of the well
sections that will use the MWD system. Extreme flow around the body of the
MWD probe can cause severe damage to the pressure barrels and other parts
exposed to severe turbulent flow. Therefore, it is extremely important for the
MWD operators to determine the maximum possible flow rates planned for the
well in each of the different well sections. Refer to Figure 1 to assist in
determining which I.D. would be best suited for the flow rates selected for each
hole section involved. Flow velocities of over 40 feet/second can begin rapid
erosion of the BeCu pressure barrels and other metal parts on the probe.
g GE Power Systems
50
MWD (1.875" OD) Fluid Velocity Chart - 40 ft/sec MAX
ID=2.25" ID=2.50" ID=2.75" ID=3.00" ID=3.25" ID=3.50" ID=3.75" ID=4.00"
40
Velocity in Feet/Second
30
20
10
00
50
00
50
00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
50
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
10
10
11
11
12
Gallons/Minute
g GE Power Systems
b. MWD System Module Selection and Configuration
Battery selection is a very important decision to be made when designing the

configuration of the tool module location. The MWD tool is designed to run
either one or two battery packs, depending upon the design of the bit run the
tool will be used in. There are numerous options to consider when designing
the MWD tool to match the conditions of the bit run. The conditions of the bit
run to consider are: (the order of the list is not relevant to the importance of
each item – each item must be considered for its individual importance in
relation to the bit run)
(i) Duration of the bit run.
(ii) Pulse width choice.
(iii) Sensor choice – gamma sensor reduces battery duration

by a factor of ½.
(iv) Desire to deplete used battery and switch to new battery

during run.
Calculations and testing have shown that one lithium battery pack will operate
the basic MWD system (pulser, directional module, battery) for 200 hours at a
2-second pulse width. To determine the potential of a battery pack, the
operator should multiply the pulse width by a factor of 100. The addition of the
gamma module changes the factor to 50.
g GE Power Systems
Table 1: Battery Duration Chart
Standard Tool
Pulse Width Configuration Duration in Hours
Factor
2.00 100 200
1.50 150
1.20 120
1.00 100
0.80 80
Gamma w/One
Pulse Width Duration in Hours
Battery Factor
2.00 50 100
1.50 75
1.20 60
1.00 50
0.80 40
Gamma w/Two
Pulse Width Duration in Hours
Batteries Factor
2.00 100 200

1.50 150
1.20 120
1.00 100
0.80 80
Standard Tool Configuration = pulser/battery/directional module.
Gamma w/one battery = pulser/gamma/battery/directional module.
Gamma w/two batteries = Pulser/gamma/battery 1/directional module/battery 2.
Note: Other configurations are possible. Refer to Module Position Options page.
The type of service provided and the requirements of the well determine the
selection of specific MWD modules and their configuration in the probe design.
Refer to Figure 2 for a layout of the various module configurations available
with the MWD.
g GE Power Systems
Magnetometer location used for Survey Sensor to Bit distance

measurements. 1.60 ft from DownHole End of module.
Pulser Battery 1 Dir. Mod.
Pulser Battery 1 Dir. Mod. Battery 2
Pulser Dir. Mod. Battery 2 Battery 1
981524 Jumper Connector

Replaces Battery 1
Pulser Dir. Mod. Battery 2 Note: Do Not use when using
two batteries.
Pulser Gamma Dir. Mod. Battery 2
Pulser Gamma Dir. Mod. Battery 2 Battery 1
Pulser Dir. Mod. Gamma Battery 2 Battery 1
Gamma Sensor location used for

Gamma Sensor to Bit distance
Pulser Gamma Battery 1 Dir. Mod. measurements. 1.60 ft. from DownHole
End of module.
Poppet Tip Location is EQUAL to the Orientation Bolt Location on Landing Sub / Mule Shoe Sub.
GE Power Systems MWD Module Position Chart

The Battery Module directly BELOW the Directional Module is ALWAYS Battery 1. The Battery Module directly ABOVE Directional Module is ALWAYS Battery 2.
The Jumper Connector (981524) connects Bus 2 & 3 to send power to the Directional Module – care should be taken when making the connection. These illustrations of module
positions are options. Users must consider magnetic interference and other factors when determining module positions. Measure all Sensor to Bit distances from Poppet Tip
to positions indicated on illustration. These offsets will reference from the Orientation Bolt(s) on the Landing Sub / Mule Shoe Sub.
g GE Power Systems
Pulser Battery I
Pulser Battery I
Pulser Battery I Directional Module
GE Power Systems MWD ASSEMBLY/BUILD PROCEDURE

The UpHole end of a connected intermodule (centralizer) has exposed pins, which can cause failures if shorted to each other. Therefore,
always install the intermodule (centralizer) into the BOTTOM of the unit above (UpHole), before stabbing it into the unit below (DownHole) it.
See sequence illustrated above. Use this procedure for the expanded module probes also.
g GE Power Systems
c. Signal Orifice Size Selection
There are six sizes of orifices to choose from when using the 6 ½” or the 4 ¾”
muleshoe sleeves. The sizes available are:
(i) 1.28” [981068]
(ii) 1.35” [981067]
(iii) 1.40” [981066]
(iv) 1.50” [981051]
(v) 1.55” [981059]
(vi) 1.60” [981060]
The signal orifice is placed in the lower end of the mule shoe sleeve, with the
beveled edge facing UpHole. Refer to Table 2 for references to orifice
selection sizes.
d. Poppet End Size Selection
There are three poppet end sizes to choose from when configuring the MWD
probe. The sizes available are:
(i) 1.122” [981140]
(ii) 1.086” [981213]
(iii) 1.040” [981214]
Refer to Tables 2 and 3 for references to poppet end selection sizes.
The combination of these six orifice sizes and the three poppet tip sizes allows
for numerous variations in configurations to accommodate the various flow
regimes encountered in the field.
g GE Power Systems
Table 2: Poppet / Orifice Selection Chart for 6 ½” and 4 ¾” Muleshoes
Main Part No. Poppet Part No. Flow Flow Ranges

Orifice End Area [GPM]
I.D. O.D. [in2]
1.28 981068 1.122 981140 0.297 Below 250
1.28 1.086 981213 0.360 200-375
1.28 1.040 981214 0.437 300-500
1.35 981067 1.122 981140 0.443 225-475

1.35 1.086 981213 0.505 350-550
1.35 1.040 981214 0.582 475-600
1.40 981066 1.122 981140 0.550 350-575

1.40 1.086 981213 0.612 450-650
1.40 1.040 981214 0.690 475-700
1.50 981051 1.122 981140 0.778 475-750

1.50 1.086 981213 0.840 500-800
1.50 1.040 981214 0.918 Over 700
1.55 981059 1.122 981140 0.898

1.55 1.086 981213 0.961
1.55 1.040 981214 1.037
1.60 981060 1.122 981140 1.022

1.60 1.086 981213 1.084
1.60 1.040 981214 1.161
g GE Power Systems
Table 3: Poppet / Orifice Selection Chart for 3 ½” Muleshoes
Main Part No. Poppet Part No. Flow Flow Ranges

Orifice End Area [GPM]
I.D. O.D. [in2]
1.20 981967 1.122 981140 0.1423 50-100
1.20 1.086 981213 0.2047 75-120
1.20 1.040 981214 0.2815 100-150
1.23 981966 1.122 981140 0.1995 60-110

1.23 1.086 981213 0.2619 80-120
1.23 1.040 981214 0.3387
1.25 981961 1.122 981140 0.2383 80-130

1.25 1.086 981213 0.3007
1.25 1.040 981214 0.3775
g GE Power Systems
2. Software Parameters (That Affect System Operation)
a. Data Word Update Times (Pulse Durations)
Real-time Data Word Updates are dependent upon Pulse Length and the
Number of Bits per Word. The following chart of Empirical Data indicates the
time required for Data Word updates for three different word lengths per pulse
length. The resolution of the Data Word value transmitted is dependent on the
number of bits per Word.
Observe that as the pulse width lengthens the data bits per word become
extremely important. A decision to sacrifice resolution for a faster update is
crucial, and the course of action must be determined. Obviously, a 12-bit word
is almost twice as long as a 6-bit word, but a 12-bit word is NOT twice as
accurate as a 6-bit word. For example, the resolutions for each of the different
length Toolface data words are:
(i) 12 bits = 0.1°
(ii) 8 bits = 1.5°
(iii) 6 bits = 5.5°
The accuracy is dependent on the values of the least significant bits. This
dependency will somewhat affect the accuracy of the gTFA measurements,
but not as adversely as the time necessary to transmit the data. The decision
is up to the operator and the end user of the data. It can be concluded that the
difference in resolution and the resultant accuracy of the Toolface data word is
minimal for the decreased Toolface update time.
The resolution of Survey Data Words and Logging Data words is of utmost
importance. That is why it is so important to insure that the required number of
bits is used to transmit the Data Word.
g GE Power Systems
Table 4: MWD Data Update Chart: Data Word Transmission Times
Pulse Width
Bits/Word Update Time
(seconds)
A. 0.250 6 4 seconds
8 5 seconds
12 7 seconds
B. 0.325 6 5 seconds
8 6 seconds
12 9 seconds
C. 0.500 6 7 seconds
8 9 seconds
12 13 seconds
D. 0.600 6 8 seconds
8 10 seconds
12 16 seconds
E. 0.800 6 11 seconds
8 14 seconds
12 21 seconds
F. 1.000 6 14 seconds
8 18 seconds
12 26 seconds
G. 1.200 6 17 seconds
8 22 seconds
12 31 seconds
H. 1.500 6 21 seconds
8 27 seconds
12 39 seconds
I. 2.000 6 28 seconds
8 36 seconds
12 52 seconds
J. 3.000 6 42 seconds
8 54 seconds
12 78 seconds
g GE Power Systems
b. Survey Data Selection for Transmission
The following two pages illustrate, with empirical data obtained from Tensor’s
Flow Simulation Test Fixture, the potential times elapsed for different types of
survey configurations and Toolface/logging configurations.
Category A configuration: Inc:12:P Azm:12:P aTFA:6:P DipA:12:P MagF:12:P

Temp:8:P BatV:8:P Grav:12:P
Category B configuration: Inc:12:P Azm:12:P aTFA:6:P

TmpW+BatW+MagW:P Toolface/Logging Sequence: aTFA:6:P XX
{Gama:8:P}
(XX denotes the number of repetitions before starting the string over)
Table 5: Category A: Survey Duration Comparison
Pulse Width 1.0 sec 1.5 sec. 2.0 sec.

Parameter Elapsed Elapsed Elapsed
60 sec TxDT Time Time Time
Synch: 1:14 1:22 1:27
Inclination: 1:48 2:14 2:37
Azimuth: 2:15 2:52 3:28
Static Toolface: 2:28 3:13 3:55
Dip Angle: 2:55 3:52 4:47
Total Mag Field: 3:20 4:30 5:36
Tool Temperature: 3:37 4:56 6:11
Battery Volts: 3:55 5:24 6:46
Total Gravity: 4:21 6:01 7:36
Dynamic Toolface: 4:42 6:33 8:20
1st Gamma: 5:00 6:58 8:54
±18 ±27 ±36
Gamma Update Rate:
3.33 g/min 2.22 g/min 1.66 g/min
Gamma Pts. / Foot
2.86 1.9 1.66
@ 70 Ft. / Hr. ROP
Gamma Pts. / Foot
6.66 4.44 3.33
@ 30 Ft. / Hr. ROP
g GE Power Systems
Table 6: Category B: Survey Duration Comparison
Pulse Width 1.0 sec 1.5 sec. 2.0 sec.

Parameter Elapsed Elapsed Elapsed
60 sec TxDT Time Time Time
Synch: 1:14 1:22 1:27
Inclination: 1:48 2:14 2:37
Azimuth: 2:15 2:52 3:28
Static Toolface: 2:28 3:13 3:55
Warnings for
Dip Angle+Mag Field+
2:37 3:27 4:11
Temperature+
Battery Voltage:
Dynamic Toolface: 2:59 3:57 4:54
1st Gamma: 3:18 4:25 5:29
±18 ±27 ±36
Gamma Update Rate:
3.33 G/min 2.22 G/min 1.66 G/min
Gamma Pts. / Foot
2.86 1.9 1.43
@ 70 Ft. / Hr. ROP
Gamma Pts. / Foot
6.66 4.44 3.33
@ 30 Ft. / Hr. ROP
Note: The data used in these examples was compiled from a Simulated Flow Lab
Test Fixture. The times presented may vary ±3.5 seconds using the same
configurations.
Note: The data presented in the previous two pages are examples for comparison
to determine potential time elapsed for different configurations. They are
not meant to represent any actual configurations recommended by GE
Power Systems. Each operator should investigate the configuration which
will best serve his job environment and clients.
g GE Power Systems
Table 7: O-Rings
Part
O-Rings, in Numerical AS-###
Number
981520 O-ring, AS-003, Viton, 75D
981551 O-ring, AS-009, Viton, 70D

981010 O-ring, AS-110, Viton, 75A
981747 O-ring, AS-113, Viton, 70D

381580 O-ring, AS-126, Viton, 70D
981007 O-ring, AS-127, Viton, 70D

981969 O-ring, AS-128, Viton, 70D

381611 O-ring, AS-220, Viton, 70D


981170 Standard Polypak Seal
981171 Wiper
g GE Power Systems
Notes
Poppet / Orifice Table Dec 31 99
3 1/2 Tool String
Measured Flow SPP Pulse Pulse Orifice Poppet Mud Mud Mud Solids Bit Hole Drill Collar Job County Comments
Depth Rate Amplitude Length Size Size Type Weight Vis % TFA Size Pipe ID No. ST Closed Area
0
8600 140 UK 20 UK 1.230 1.122 Water 8.6 UK UK UK 2 7/8 2.25 0 0.199

6517 110 2800 29 1.5 1.250 1.122 Lig 11 UK UK UK 2 7/8 2.375 SJ99107 Maverick
6533 126 2950 37 1.5 1.250 1.122 Lig 11 UK UK UK 2 7/8 2.375 SJ99107 Maverick
0 130 850 26 1.2 1.200 1.122 Water 10.3 21 10 UK 2 7/8 2.2 SJ00064 Burleson
0 150 1000 38 1.2 1.200 1.122 Water 10.3 21 10 UK 2 7/8 2.2 SJ00064 Burleson
9500 150 2200 38 1.2 1.200 1.122 Water 10.3 21 10 0.45 2 7/8 2.2 SJ00064 Burleson Horizonal
13700 150 3000 30 1.2 1.200 1.122 Water 10 4 10 0.45 2 7/8 2.2 SJ00064 Burleson Horizonal
3 1/2 Tool String
9200 110 2300 40 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 9 15 4 0.589 4.75 2 7/8 2.438 HJ01006 OK
9300 110 2400 37 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 9 17 4 0.589 4.75 2 7/8 2.438 HJ01006 OK
9400 110 2400 31 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 9 17 4 0.589 4.75 2 7/8 2.438 HJ01006 OK
9450 110 2400 33 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 9.2 18 4 0.589 4.75 2 7/8 2.438 HJ01006 OK
0 107 2200 45 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK Horizontal
9000 107 2200 42 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9000 107 2200 37 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9100 107 2300 39 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9200 107 2300 44 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9300 107 2300 42 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9400 107 2650 46 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9500 107 2350 36 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9500 107 2200 35 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9600 107 2200 25 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9700 107 2200 24 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9100 107 2250 26 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 16 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK Side track 1
9200 107 2100 19 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 8.8 17 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9300 107 2300 22 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 9 17 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9400 107 2200 21 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 9 17 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9600 107 2300 22 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 9 17 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
9500 107 2300 22 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 9 17 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK Side track 2
9600 107 2400 31 1.5 1.200 1.122 WB 9 17 5 0.518 4.75 2 7/8 2.2 HJ00145 OK
3 1/2 Tool String
9200 140 2800 41 UK 1.200 1.122 GEL 11 19 16 0.75 4.75 2 7/8 2.25 SJ00078 Burleson Horizontal
9500 UK 1950 33 UK 1.200 1.122 GEL 10 19 16 0.75 4.75 2 7/8 2.25 SJ00078 Burleson Horizontal
10000 UK 2000 27 UK 1.200 1.122 GEL 10 19 16 0.75 4.75 2 7/8 2.25 SJ00078 Burleson Horizontal
10400 UK 3000 27 UK 1.200 1.122 GEL 8.4 19 16 0.75 4.75 2 7/8 2.25 SJ00078 Burleson Horizontal
10600 150 3200 35 UK 1.200 1.122 GEL 8.4 19 16 0.75 4.75 2 7/8 2.25 SJ00078 Burleson Horizontal
NOTE: All power must originate from the same outlet.
Monitor
Pwr This will insure a common ground connection for the system.
Strip
UPS Hazardous
Printer
Refer to QSI drawing SY-100522-01
SAFE Area
AREA
Pwr
Strip
Personal
Computer
DRT
UPS 384022
250FT.
384023/100FT. 384023/100FT.
A/C (MAIN.)
(Optional) (Optional)
Source
Pwr
Strip SASB Cable SASB Cable R/T Ends-->
SH SH SH
<-- Ends
384023/100FT. 384023/100FT. 384022

(Optional) (Optional) 250FT. Transducer
(MAIN.) Cable
Earth
Ground
xducr
SH = Indicates Shield is terminated at connector

A UPS MUST be used at all times for the SASB power!
NOTE: RT End of 384022 is
The use of two UPS’s is an option, not a requirement, one will suffice.
not connected to the Shield.
Version 2.00; February, 2002

DRT Pressure Sensor
Connected to Rig StandPipe for mud pulse detection.
0 - 10K PSI range, 4 - 20 mAmp
Node 05
R/T
TO SASB END
Node 09 DOWNHole Direction
Hook Load
Connected to hydraulic system to measure
Cable
hookload from dead-line. Located at the dead-
384022
250’
line anchor, drillers panel, or GeolographTM
Required recorder. 0 -2K PSI range.
Depth Encoder Anchor Point

To be attached to the Geolograph Line that is to rig
connected to the Kelly to measure drilling
activity.
Junction Box Assembly
Version 1.00; 01 February, 2001

Hydraulic
Quick
Disconnects
0-2000 PSI, 4-20 mA rated

Druck Hookload
transducer
Place in-line with hydraulic hose connecting deadline anchor to hook- Hydraulic
load indicator on driller’s panel. These hoses can be located at the Quick
anchor, or at the Geolograph recorder or in the driller’s panel. Consult Disconnect
with rig personnel before attaching this device.
Anchor Point to Rig
(Can use extension)
Downhole Direction
Attach to Geolograph Line threaded as shown

around the idler pulleys at the top and the bottom
and around the main measuring wheel. The wing-nuts
on the idler pulleys can be loosened to allow the
guide plate to be rotated allowing the cable to be
threaded around the pulleys. Insure that the sensor
is securely anchored to the rig structure at the securing
points to keep the sensor in place and prevent it from
Comm. riding up and down as the line feeds through.
Cable
Anchor Point to Rig

(Can use extension)
Apply Teflon tape to all 2”NPT threaded connections
connect nipple to standpipe and connect receiver
section of Hammer Union to nipple. Inspect for o-ring
and slide blue hammer union section over transducer
and place in the receiver section of the hammer union.
thread the blue section to the receiver section until
snug and hammer tighten onto receiver section of hammer
union.
2”NPT thread welded

Connection (female)
15-2 Hammer Union
Standpipe
Mud Flow
2”NPT thread heavy

wall Nipple (15K PSI)
male-male
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
SAFE AREA HAZARDOUS AREA ZONE REV
A
DESCRIPTION
INITIAL RELEASE
DATE
(ECN950012) 27MAR95
APPRVD
HSM
B 384027 WAS 384009 (ECN960011) 23FEB96 HSM
POWER C ADDED QPNs (ECN960056) 18NOV96 HSM
D REVISIONS (ECN970024) 09JUL97 HSM
P/N 384016
D P/N 384021 D
OFF | ON
REMOTE
POWER
90-250 VAC, 45-65 HZ TERMINAL
ENSURE THAT
GROUNDING STUD
IS SECURELY
BONDED TO RIG
STRUCTURE
SH CONTAINS
INTRINSICALLY SAFE
CIRCUITS SH
SH
REMOTE TERMINAL
TOOL
PROGRAMMING
qBUS qBUS
CONNECT TO SAFE AREA EQUIPMENT ONLY SH
SH SH
SAFE AREA POWER SUPPLY
PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER
SH SH
C P/N 384023 P/N 384022 P/N 384024 C
P/N 384017
SH SH
P/N 384023 P/N 384022
P/N 384008
PC
P/N 384025
B B
SH INDICATES THAT THE SHIELD IS

TERMINATED AT THIS POINT.
P/N 384008
CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN IN THE

PC ORIENTATION OF CABLE P/N
384022
CABLE, PROGRAM,
qMWD, TOP
P/N 983130
P/N 384027 MINIMUM UNLESSOTHERWISESPECIFIED, CONTRACTNO.

DIMENSIONSAREININCHES.
TOLERANCESARE:
A Tensor M W D ELECTRONICS ASSEMBLY APPROVALS DATE

A
DRAWN
HSM 23MAR95 M W D SURFACE SYSTEM
MATERIAL CHECKED CABLING DIAGRAM
Tensor M W D ELECTRONICS CARTRIDGE
FINISH ISSUED SIZEFSCM.NO.DWG.NO.
SY-100521-01 D
COPYRIGHT(C) 1995-2002 G E Pow er System s ALL RIGHTS RESERVED D O N O T S C A L E D R A W IN G SCALE SHEET
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
SAFE AREA HAZARDOUS AREA ZONE REV
A
DESCRIPTION
INITIAL RELEASE
DATE
(ECN950012) 27MAR95
APPRVD
HSM
B CHANGED CABLES (ECN960011) 23FEB96 HSM
POWER C ADDED QPNs (ECN960056) 18NOV96 HSM
D REVISIONS (ECN970024) 09JUL97 HSM
P/N 384029
D P/N 384021 MUD PRESSURE TRANSMITTER D
P/N 384031
OFF | ON
REMOTE
POWER
90-250 VAC, 45-65 HZ TERMINAL
ENSURE THAT
GROUNDING STUD
IS SECURELY
BONDED TO RIG
STRUCTURE
OR
SH CONTAINS SH
INTRINSICALLY SAFE
CIRCUITS
REMOTE TERMINAL
TOOL
PROGRAMMING
XO CABLE MUD PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
P/N 384017
qBUS qBUS
CONNECT TO SAFE AREA EQUIPMENT ONLY
P/N 384037
SH
SAFE AREA POWER SUPPLY
HOOK LOAD TRANSMITTER

P/N 384032
SH SH
C P/N 384022
P/N 384023 C
P/N 384036
DEPTH ENCODER
P/N 384023 P/N 384022
QDT P/N 384036

P/N 384033
SH SH
P/N TBD
PC
P/N 384008 RIG HEAVE
P/N 384025
SENSOR
JUNCTION BOX
P/N 384035
P/N 384034
B B
PC SECONDARY COMPENSATION
P/N 384008 POWERINPUT
90-250 VAC, 45-65 Hz PUMP STROKES # 1
PUMP STROKES # 2
GENERIC SENSOR # 1
GENERIC SENSOR # 2
P/N 384039
PC
GENERIC SENSOR # 3
CABLE, PROGRAM,
P/N 384008
QUANTUM SOLUTIONS, INC.
SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA
qBUS EXPANSIONBOX
QPN 100500-01
MADE IN U.S.A.
ALLSENSOR CABLE SHIELDS ARE CARRIED THROUGH CORES. ALL
CONNECTOR SHELLS USED IN SENSOR WIRING ARE FLOATING.
qMWD, TOP
P/N 384027 MINIMUM UNLESSOTHERWISESPECIFIED, CONTRACTNO.
SH INDICATES THAT THE SHIELD IS

DIMENSIONSAREININCHES. QUANTUMSOLUTIONS,INC.
TOLERANCESARE:
SANTACLARA,CALIFORNIA
A A
MW D ELECTRONICS ASSEMBLY TERMINATED AT THIS POINT. APPROVALS DATE
M W D SURFACE SYSTEM
CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN IN THE DRAWN
HSM 23MAR95 CABLING DIAGRAM
M W D ELECTRONICS CARTRIDGE ORIENTATION OF CABLE P/N MATERIAL CHECKED
WITH DEPTH TRACKING
384022 FINISH ISSUED SIZEFSCM.NO.DWG.NO.
SY-100522-01 D
COPYRIGHT(C) 1995-2002 G EPow er System s ALL RIGHTS RESERVED D O N O T S C A L E D R A W IN G SCALE SHEET
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 9
Gamma Module 981950
Gamma Module Assembly Procedures

Technical Notice #78:
Flexible Dynamic Sleeve Maintenance
981950-02 Rev X3 Assembly Drawing
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
MWD Gamma Module

Assembly Procedures
g GE Power Systems
1. Lower End
1.1. Grease O-rings and install onto Intermodule End [981514] as shown below.
Tape threads to prevent damage to O-rings.
Note: Leave protective caps (not shown) on electrical connectors to guard

against damage.
1.2. Assemble the Gamma Snubber Pigtail [981955] and Gamma Snubber
Shock [981953] as shown below. Use Loctite 242 on the MDM connector
screws (2-56 x 1/4 Pan [100030]). Do not over-tighten.
Note: Make sure the pigtail wires lay flat in the wire groove on the bottom of
the Snubber.
1.3. Pass the 4-pin/6-socket connector through the Intermodule End as shown.
Using Loctite, attach Snubber to Intermodule End using four 6-32 x 1/2
Screws [103180] (not shown). Replace protective cap.
Figure 1
g GE Power Systems
Steps 1.4 - 1.7: Refer to Drawing D-981950-02
1.4. Gamma Sensor Installation:

Install three pairs Split Ring [972124] and O-rings to the selected Gamma
Sensor [384000, 384030] as shown.
Attach the MDM connector on the lower end of the Sensor to the MDM on
the Snubber Shock.
Fasten the Snubber Shock and Gamma Sensor together using four 10-32 x
3/4 SHC screws [105430] and Loctite 242.
1.5. Install O-rings (2) on Gamma End [981888] as shown.

Fasten the MDM on the Pigtail, Gamma End [981954] to the Gamma End
MDM as shown, using screws (2-56 x 1/4 Pan [100030]) as shown.
Fasten Gamma End to Gamma Sensor using four 10-32 x 7/16 screws
[105430] and Loctite 242.
1.6. Wrap the following areas of the assembly with Kapton tape using a 1/8”
overlap:
1.6.1. Snubber Shock/Gamma Sensor connection
1.6.2. Gamma Sensor/Gamma End connection including entire Gamma

End.
1.7. Carefully slide the assembly into the Battery/Gamma Housing [981635],
grease the O-rings, and screw Intermodule End and Housing together.
g GE Power Systems
1.8. Grease O-rings and install onto Bottom Bulkhead Retainer [981521] as
shown below.
Grease O-rings on the pigtail 10-pin connector.
Install Split Shell [981506] halves into the recess in the Intermodule End as
shown.
Align the key on the 10-pin connector with the groove in the Bulkhead
Retainer and install the retainer as shown.
Fasten the Retainer in place using (2) 4-40 x 1/4 screws [102010] (not
shown) and Loctite 242.
Note: These screws should be barely snug to allow the Bulkhead Retainer
to “self-align” when installing the Interconnect Housing (next step).
Figure 2
g GE Power Systems
1.9. Grease O-rings, thread Interconnect Housing [981509] in place as shown.

Grease O-ring and install Thread Protector [981845] (not shown) into open
end of Interconnect Housing.
Figure 3
2. Upper End
2.1. Grease and install O-rings on Gamma Intermodule End [981632] as

shown below. Tape threads to prevent damage to O-rings. Grease the O-
rings, feed the 10-pin connector into the Gamma Intermodule End, and
thread the Intermodule End into the Pressure Housing as shown.
Figure 4
g GE Power Systems
2.2. Grease O-rings and install onto Top Bulkhead Retainer [981505] as shown
below.
Grease O-rings on the pigtail 10-pin connector.
Install Split Shell halves into the recess in the Gamma Intermodule End as
shown.
Align the key on the 10-pin connector with the groove in the Bulkhead
Retainer and install the retainer as shown.
Fasten the Retainer in place using (2) 4-40 x 1/4 screws (not shown) and
Loctite 242.
Note: These screws should be barely snug to allow the Bulkhead Retainer
to “self-align” when installing the Interconnect Housing (next step).
Figure 5
g GE Power Systems
2.3. Grease O-rings, and thread Interconnect Housing in place as shown.

Grease O-ring and install Thread Protector (not shown) into open end of
Interconnect Housing.
Figure 6
3. Continuity Check
Measure resistance. Do not use audible alarm. Verify continuity between

connector pins at opposite barrel ends as listed in Table 1, below.
Pin # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 <.9 OC OC >5 OC OC OC >5 OC OC

ohm K ohm K ohm
2 <.9 OC OC OC OC OC OC OC OC
ohm
3 <.9 OC OC OC OC OC OC OC
ohm
4 <.9 OC OC OC >5 OC OC
ohm K ohm
5 <.9 OC OC OC OC OC
ohm
6 <.9 OC OC OC OC
ohm
7 <.9 OC OC OC
ohm
8 <.9 OC OC
ohm
9 <.9 OC
ohm
10 <.9
ohm
Barrel OC OC OC OC OC OC OC OC OC OC
Table 1
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
Product: Subject: Date: Bulletin
No.
Tensor MWD Gamma Flexible Dynamic Sleeve December, 2002 78
Module Maintenance
All new or refurbished gamma modules bought from GE Power Systems now include a
patented Flexible Dynamic Sleeve (FDS), designed to improve gamma module performance
and survival under harsh downhole drilling conditions, specificly against shock and vibration.
The FDS surrounds and protects the module’s scintillation assembly by absorbing external
shock and maintaining a concentric position within the pressure housing. The relative
location of the FDS within Tensor’s Gamma Module is shown in Figure 1.
Power Assembly
Flexible Dynamic Sleeve

Scintillation Assembly
Snubber
3 Split Ring/O-Ring
Assemblies
Figure 1. Relative location of the FDS within the Tensor Gamma Module, shown without pressure housing
g GE Power Systems
Gamma Modules built or rebuilt by GE are 100% qualified on a vibration table in Tensor MWD
pressure housing. As such, the modules are ready for use and should not be removed from
the housing until maintenance is required. Please use the procedure provided below when
performing maintenance on Tensor Gamma Modules. GE Power Systems does not guarantee
optimal performance of its gamma module used with pressure housing not manufactured by
Tensor.
Installation Procedure
1. Anchor the housing in a retainer

or circular vice being careful not
to clamp in the threaded area.
Remove the gamma module from
the pressure housing by
unscrewing the intermodule end
as shown in Figure 2.
Figure 2. Remove intermodule end
2. Carefully pull the scintillation

assembly, using a constant force,
from the pressure housing as
shown in Figure 3.
Figure 3. Remove the scintillation assembly

from the pressure housing
g GE Power Systems
3. Once the scintillation assembly is out of the housing, note the use of the newer black split
rings. Split rings on older gamma modules were aluminum in color (see Figures 4 and 5).
These are not interchangeable and only black rings are to be used.
Figure 4. Older aluminum split ring Figure 5. Newer split ring assemblies
assemblies
4. Care should be exercised when

handling the FDS as edges can
be sharp. Install the FDS by
carefully opening one end and
sliding over the gamma
module. Continue opening the
sleeve and sliding it into place
until fully installed
(see Figure 6).
Figure 6. Install Flexible Dynamic Sleeve

over the gamma module
g GE Power Systems
5. Using a steady force, carefully

reinsert the gamma module into
the pressure housing. One hand
should hold the FDS from sliding
while the other pushes the module
in. Make sure the split ring
assemblies are not dislocated
(see Figure 7).
Figure 7 Reinsert the gamma module into the

pressure housing
6. Rotate and tighten the intermodule to the housing. Torque the connection to 65-lb/ft.
Complete assembly of the connector ends as usual.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Part number and description of replacement parts for the dynamic suspension system:
Piece Parts
PART NUMBER PART DESCRIPTION QTY PER ASSY

980011 Flexible Dynamic Sleeve 1
980010 Split Ring (Pair) 3
981508 AS-218 O-Ring 3
Kit (includes all the above piece parts)

980030 Kit, Flexible Dynamic Sleeve 1
ENGINEERING DATE COMMERCIALIZATION DATE QUALITY ASSURANCE DATE APPROVAL DATE
Adam Rogers 11/6/02 C. Reed 11/6/02 H. Dunnington 11/6/02 S. Odom, Marcomm 11/4/02
TECH SERVICES DATE MANUFACTURING DATE LEGAL DATE APPROVAL DATE
Rich Clayton / Ken Braud 11//06/02 J. McCormick 11/6/02 K. Lublin 11/4/02
All Tensor MWD Clients All Steering Tool Clients O&G Steering Tool Clients HDD Steering Tool Clients Champ Tool Clients
X

1 -384030-003 ASSY,SENSOR,150C GE,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
2 -384091 ASSY,GAMMA/PREAMP,150C GE,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 RS-S1-0966-223.GERS GAMMA DETECTOR, 150C GE DETECTOR,.946"X5.5553" EA 1
- REF ROUND ROCK PART# 850000
3 -CF-100710-001 GAMMA PRE-AMP, HT EA 1
4 217066 CAPACITOR,1206,NPO,100V,1000pf,2% EA 2
4 000089 RFESIST, 49K9 1% 1206 EA 2
4 000093 RESIST,10K0 1% 1206 EA 3
4 000100 RESIST,4K99 1% 1206 EA 2
4 000111 SPACER, LT1004, - , 104-020 EA 1
4 000290 RESIST, 20K0 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000293 RESIST, 100K 1% 1206 EA 3
4 000361 RESIST,40K2 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000391 DUAL ONE-SHOT EA 1
4 000445 ZENER DIODE,250MW,5V1 EA 1
4 000484 CHIP CAP 10PF 50V 1206 EA 1
4 000509 RESIST,10K5 1% 1206 EA 0
4 000545 DUAL COMPARATOR,TO-5/8 EA 1
4 000572 RESIST,24K9 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000677 RESIST,12K1 1% 1206 EA 1
4 001235 OP AMP, HIGH SPEED EA 1
4 001239 ZENER DIODE,5.1V,SOD-123 EA 1
4 001240 RESIST,6K98 1% 1206 EA 1
4 001428 IC, VOLTAGE REFERENCE, 5.0V - SO8, MAX6250BESA EA 1
4 PC-100710-001 GAMMA PRE-AMP PCB, HT EA 1
4 001241 RESIST,5K49 1% 1206 EA 1
3 FD-100307-001 COUPLER, UPPER EA 1
3 FD-100308-001 COUPLER, LOWER EA 1
3 FD-100309-001 TUBE EA 1

3 -FD-100783-001 ELECTROSTAT SHIELD, GAMMA PRE-AMP, HT EA 1
4 850008 BRASS SHIMSTOCK .003" THK, 6"X100"ROLL IN 2.5
3 127009 SHRINK TUBING .75 ID KYNAR 2:1 FT 0.25
3 980012 PLUG,CRYSTAL END,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 101141 SCREW,4-40 X 1/8,100 DEG FLAT HEAD, EA 10
- STAINLESS STEEL,SLOTTED
3 101143 TAPE,3MIL X 4" WIDE,ALUMINUM FT 3.6
3 980013 COVER,OUTER,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 980060 PIN,LOCATOR,MWD,GAMMA EA 2
3 980015 SLEEVE,PREAMP,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 980040 SLEEVE,FLEXIBLE DYNAMIC,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 980032 PLUG,PREAMP END,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 980033 PLUG,PREAMP END EXTENSION,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 980035 PAD,PREAMP END,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 980036 PAD,CRYSTAL END,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 400199 LOCTITE 246 HIGH TEMP MEDIUM STRENGTH EA 0.01
3 980042 SHRINK TUBING,.125 ID,FEP TEFLON FT 0.1
3 980038 SHRINK TUBING,.093 ID,FEP TEFLON FT 0.1
3 127006 SHRINK TUBING 1.50 ID KYNAR FT 2
2 -384095 ASSY,HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY,MWD,GAMMA EA 1
3 -CF-100720-001 HI VOLT STRONGBK ASSY, HT EA 1
4 FD-100306-001 STRONGBACK (8"") EA 1
3 -CF-100715-001 HI VOLT POWER SUPPLY, HT EA 1
4 000088 RESIST, 1K00 1% 1206 EA 2
4 000089 RFESIST, 49K9 1% 1206 EA 2
4 000093 RESIST,10K0 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000096 RESIST,200K 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000111 SPACER, LT1004, - , 104-020 EA 1
4 000232 RESISTOR,2W,1R0 EA 1
4 000276 RESIST,1R00 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000290 RESIST, 20K0 1% 1206 EA 3
4 000293 RESIST, 100K 1% 1206 EA 6

4 000299 CHIP CAPACITOR,0.001,50 EA 2
4 000310 RESIST,26K7 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000360 RESIST,33K2 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000361 RESIST,40K2 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000391 DUAL ONE-SHOT EA 1
4 000406 RESIST, 15K0 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000518 RESIST,150K 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000520 RESIST,255K 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000541 RESIST,301K 1% 1206 EA 1
4 000547 N-CH FET,TMOS,TO220 EA 1
4 000549 HV DIODE EA 1
4 000555 RN55D 499K EA 1
4 000620 DUAL OP-AMP EA 1
4 000660 DMOS P-CH FET TO-92 EA 1
4 000694 CAP 330PF NPO 50V 1206 EA 1
4 000723 ZENER,12V,LL34 EA 1
4 000724 CHIP CAP 0.033 50V 1206 EA 1
4 000726 TANT CAP 82MF/75V EA 2
4 000759 RESISTOR,300M 1% EA 1
4 000790 CHIP CAP,1206,100PF,R EA 1
4 001114 CERCAP 1.0MF CK06 200C EA 1
4 001236 HV CAP,3KV,0.012MF,200C EA 2
4 001244 HV CAP,500V,0.0082MF EA 1
4 001362 VOLTAGE REFERENCE, 2.5V EA 1
4 -FD-100547-001 HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER EA 1
5 001202 MAGNETIC CORE EA 1
5 980028 WIRE MAGNET 24AWG HAPT HEAVY POLYTHERMALEZE LB 0.01
5 980029 WIRE MAGNET 40AWG HAPT HEAVY POLYTHERMALEZE LB 0
5 M16878/4BDE-0 WIRE,TFE,26GA,BLACK 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 0.16
5 M16878/4BDE-2 WIRE,TFE,26GA,RED 19X38 TYPE E HOOKUP FT 0.16
4 -PC-100715-001 HIGH VOLTAGE PSU (HT) PCB EA 1
5 GB-100715-001 GERBER, PCB, HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY, MWD, GAMMA DOC 1
2 MP-2001 PROCEDURE,ACCEPTANCE TEST,MWD,GAMMA DOC 0

1 981632 INTERMODULE END GAMMA EA 1
1 -981635 HOUSING PRESSURE BATTERY / GAMMA EA 1
1 -981888 GAMMA END EA 1
1 -981953 ASSY SNUBBER SHOCK GAMMA EA 1
2 -970703 PIN,7013QH EA 2
2 -970704 BUSHING,7013QH EA 2
2 -981527 SNUBBER BOTTOM EA 1
2 -981952 SNUBBER TOP, GAMMA EA 1
1 -981954 PIGTAIL, GAMMA END EA 1
2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
1 -981955 PIGTAIL SNUBBER GAMMA EA 1

2 400110 RTV 3145 CLEAR EA 0.01
1 980010 RING SUPPORT SPLIT MWD PR 3
1 980011 SLEEVE FLEXIBLE DYNAMIC MWD GAMMA EA 1
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 10
Cables
MWD System Cable Pin-Outs

384023-03 Rev B Assembly Drawing
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Tensor MWD System

Cable Pin-Outs
g GE Power Systems
Main Cable: Drillers Remote Terminal to Safe Area Power Supply
Part Number 384022
Programming Cable: Safe Area Power Supply to Down Hole Tool
Part Number 384025

g GE Power Systems
Extension Cable: Save Area Power Supply to Main Cable
Part Number 384023
Transducer Cable: DRT to Pressure Transmitter/ 4-20 mA
Part Number 384024

g GE Power Systems
Notes
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
REV ISIO N S
ZO N E REV D ESCRIPTIO N D A TE A PPR
A INITIA L RELEA SE (ECN940020) 20A PR94 HSM
1 1
2 2
3 3
K PT0 6 F1 0 -6 P K PT0 6 F1 0 -6 P
4 C O N N EC T O R C O N N EC T O R 4
BLK
PIN _ A PIN _ A
PIN _B PIN _B
PIN _C GRN PIN _C
PIN _D RED PIN _D
PIN _E PIN _E
PIN _F PIN _F
TERM IN A TE SH IELD
5 5
REM O TE TERM IN A L SUPPLY BO X REM O TE TERM IN A L
PIN N UM BER FUN CTIO N PIN N UM BER FUN CTIO N
A CM N A CM N
B N /C B XM O DE
C N /C C XRST
D qBUS D qBUS
E PW R E PW R
6 F N /C F N /C 6
N O TE: CO N N ECT SHIELD O F CA BLE TO A GREEN #22A W G PTFE IN SULA TED STRA N D ED W IRE
A N D A TTA CH USIN G EYELET TO O N E SCREW O N CO N N ECTO R STRA IN RELIEF A T
REM O TE TERM IN A L SUPPLY BO X EN D O N LY. CUT SHIELD BA CK A T REM O TE TERM IN A L EN D .
7 7
N O TE: CA BLE LEN GTH TO BE 250 FEET O R A S REQ UIRED
CA BLE IS STO RM PRO D UCTS SP4007 O R EQ UIV A LEN T (3 CO N D UCTO R #18 W ITH BRA ID ED SH IELD )
N O TE: CO N N ECTO RS A RE KPT TYPE 10-6 W ITH SO LD ER CUPS
CA BLE: REM O TE TERM IN A L TO REM O TE TERM IN A L SUPPLY BO X
8 8
9 9
U N LES S O T H ER W IS E S PEC IFIED C O N T RA C T N O .
D IM EN S IO N S A R E IN IN C H ES
Q U A N T U M S O LU T IO N S , IN C .
T O LERA N C ES A RE: SA N T A C LA RA , C A LIFO RN IA
FRA C T IO N S D EC IM A LS A N G LES
A PPRO V A LS D A TE
+ /- .X X + /- + /-
D RN CA BLE,REM O TE TERM IN A L
.X X X + /- HSM 19A PR94
TO REM O TE TERM IN A L
M A T ER IA L CKD
ecf 21APR94 SUPPLY BO X
1 FIN IS H IS S D S IZ E FS C M . N O . D W G . N O .
384022-03 R EV . 1
0 CO PYRIGHT (C) 1994 Q UA N TUM SO LUTIO N S IN C. D W D -100422-01 A 0
A LL RIGHTS RESERV ED D O N O T S C A LE D R A W IN G S C A LE SH EET

1 001132 CONNECTOR CAP EA 2
1 001344 CONNECTOR, , - , 851-06EC10-6P50 EA 2
1 001349 CABLE, BRAIDED, 3 CONDUCTOR - 18GA, SP4007 FT 250
REV ISIO N S
1 B CO RRECTIO N (ECN990020) 16JUL99 HSM 1
2 2
3 3
K PT0 6 F1 0 -6 P K PT0 6 F1 0 -6 S
C O N N EC T O R C O N N EC T O R
4 BLK 4
PIN _ A PIN _ A
PIN _B PIN _B
PIN _C GRN PIN _C
PIN _D RED PIN _D
PIN _E PIN _E
PIN _F PIN _F
TERM IN A TE SH IELD TERM IN A TE SH IELD
5 TO W A RD S 5
REM O TE TERM IN A L SUPPLY BO X REM O TE TERM IN A L
A CM N A CM N
B N /C B N /C
C N /C C N /C
D qBUS D qBUS
E PW R E PW R
6 F N /C F N /C 6
N O TE: CO N N ECT SHIELD O F CA BLE A T EA CH EN D TO A GREEN #22A W G PTFE IN SULA TED STRA N D ED
W IRE A N D A TTA CH USIN G EYELET TO O N E SCREW O N CO N N ECTO R STRA IN RELIEF (A T
EA CH EN D).

7 CA BLE IS STO RM PRO D UCTS SP4007 O R EQ UIV A LEN T (3 CO N D UCTO R #18 W ITH BRA ID ED SH IELD ) 7
N O TE: CO N N ECTO RS A RE KPT TYPE 10-6 W ITH SO LD ER CUPS
N O TE: CA BLE IS IN STA LLED A T REM O TE TERM IN A L SUPPLY BO X A N D USED TO EXTEN D CA BLE Q PN 100422-01.
CA BLE: REM O TE TERM IN A L SUPPLY BO X TO W A RD S REM O TE TERM IN A L
8 8
9 9
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, CONTRACT NO. QSI PRODUCTS
DIMENSIONS ARE ININCHES.
TOLERANCES ARE:
SANTA CLARA
CALIFORNIA
APPROVALS DATE
DRAWN CABLE, REMOTE TERMINAL

HSM 19APR94 TO REMOTE TERMINAL
MATERIAL CHECKED
ecf 21APR94
SUPPLY BOX, EXTENSION
FINISH ISSUED SIZE FSCM. NO. DWG. NO.
1 384023-03 1
0 COPYRIGHT (C) 1994,1999 ALLIEDSIGNAL INC. WD-100423-01 B 0
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED D O N O T S C A L E D R A W IN G SCALE SHEET

1 001290 CONNECTOR CAP, SIZE 10 EA 1
1 001344 CONNECTOR, , - , 851-06EC10-6P50 EA 1
1 001346 CONNECTOR, , - , 851-01EC10-6S50 EA 1
REV ISIO N S
1 1
2 2
K PT0 6 F1 4 -1 9 P
3 C O N N EC T O R 3
PIN _ A
PIN _B
PIN _C
PIN _D
PIN _E
PIN _F
PIN _G
PIN _H
PIN _ J K PT0 6 F1 2 -3 P
PIN _K
PIN _L
PIN _ M
PIN _N
4 PIN _ P
C O N N EC T O R 4
RED
PIN _ R BLK PIN _ A
PIN _ S GRN (N /C) PIN _B
PIN _T PIN _C
PIN _U
PIN _V
TERM IN A TE SH IELD TERM IN A TE SH IELD
5 5
REM O TE TERM IN A L SEN SO R CO N N ECTO R PRESSU RE TRA N SM ITTER/4 -2 0 M A
S RETURN FRO M TRA N SM ITTER A SUPPLY TO TRA N SM ITTER

V SUPPLY TO TRA N SM ITTER B RETURN FRO M TRA N SM ITTER
C N /C
A LL O TH ER PIN S N /C
6 6
N O TE: CO N N ECT SHIELD O F CA BLE A T EA CH EN D TO A GREEN #22A W G PTFE IN SULA TED STRA N D ED
W IRE A N D A TTA CH USIN G EYELET TO O N E SCREW O N CO N N ECTO R STRA IN RELIEF A T
BO TH EN D S O F CA BLE.

CA BLE IS STO RM PRO D UCTS SP4007 O R EQ UIV A LEN T (3 CO N D UCTO R #18 W ITH BRA ID ED SH IELD )
N O TE: CO N N ECTO RS A RE KPT TYPE 14-9 A N D 12-3 W ITH SO LD ER CUPS

7 7
CA BLE: REM O TE TERM IN A L TO PRESSURE TRA N SM ITTER/4-20M A
8 8
9 9
+ /- .X X + /- + /-
D RN
.X X X + /- HSM 19A PR94 CA BLE,REM O TE TERM IN A L
M A T ER IA L CKD TO TRA N SM ITTER/4-20M A
ecf 21APR94
1 FIN IS H IS S D S IZ E FS C M . N O . DW G. NO .
384024-03 R EV .
1

1 001199 CAP,CONNECTOR,PLUG,14 BODY EA 1
1 001347 CONNECTOR, , - , 851-06EC14-19P50 EA 1
1 001348 CONNECTOR, , - , 851-06EC12-3P50 EA 1
REV ISIO N S
1 1
2 2
3 3
M D M -21 W IRE CO LO RS
KPT06F10-98P
KPT TYPE CIRCULA R CO N N ECTO R TYPE 100330-01/02/03 1 BLK
10-98 CO N FIGURA TIO N CO N N ECTO R M D M -21SH003B 2 BRN
4 4
PIN A SSIGN M EN T: 3 RED
C O N N EC T O R /6 -P IN (1 0 -9 8 ) 4 O RG
BLK
GN D /PIN _A CO M M O N 1 5 YEL
PIN _B
RED 6 GRN
+30V /PIN _C
PIN _D PO W ER 16
PIN _E
7 BLU
GRN
qBUS/PIN _F 8 V IO
qBUS 3 9 GRY
10 W HT
11 W HT/BLK
5 5
TERM IN A TE SH IELD 12 W HT/BRN
13 W HT/RED
14 W HT/O RG
15 W HT/YEL
REM O TE TERM IN A L SUPPLY BO X DO W NHO LE 16 W HT/GRN
D H TO O L IN TERFA CE ELECTRO N ICS 17 W HT/BLU
18 W H T/V IO
19 W HT/GRY
20 W HT/BLK/BRN
6 6
21 W HT/BLK/RED
N O TE: CO N N ECT SHIELD O F CA BLE TO A GREEN #22A W G PTFE IN SULA TED STRA N D ED W IRE
A N D A TTA CH USIN G EYELET TO O N E SCREW O N CO N N ECTO R STRA IN RELIEF A T
REM O TE TERM IN A L SUPPLY BO X EN D O N LY.
N O TE:CA BLE IS STO RM PRO D UCTS SP4007 O R EQ UIV A LEN T (3 CO N D UCTO R #18 A W G
W ITH BRA ID ED SH IELD ).
7 CA BLE LEN GTH TO BE 50 FEET O R A S REQ UIRED 7
PRO GRA M M IN G CA BLE: REM O TE TERM IN A L SUPPLY BO X TO D O W N HO LE TO O L
8 8
9 9
+ /- .X X + /- + /-
D RN CA BLE,REM O TE TERM IN A L
.X X X + /- HSM 19A PR94
SUPPLY BO X TO
M A T ER IA L CKD
ecf 21APR94 DO W NHO LE TO O L
1 FIN IS H IS S D S IZ E FS C M . N O . D W G . N O .
384025-03 R EV . 1

1 001345 CONNECTOR, , - , 851-06EC10-98P50 EA 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
ZONE REV DESCRIPTION DATE APPRVD
A INITIAL RELEASE (ECN950020) 25MAY95 HSM
D 50 ± 1 FEET D
SEE NOTE 4 5 1 3 2 4
1.0 ± 0.1 FEET 1.0 ± 0.1 FEET
7 SEE NOTE 1 6 2 PLACES

SEE NOTE 3
C 8
C
CONNECTS TO SENSOR CABLE EXTENSION CONNECTS TO SENSOR

PIN# FUNCTION PIN# FUNCTION
A FUNCTION# 1 A FUNCTION# 1
B FUNCTION# 2 B FUNCTION# 2
C FUNCTION# 3 C FUNCTION# 3
D FUNCTION# 4 D FUNCTION# 4
E NOT USED E NOT USED
B B
SEE NOTE 1
NOTES
1. KPT CONNECTOR SHELL IS TO BE ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED FROM THE CABLE SHIELD
2. SHIELD TO BE TERMINATED TO PIN D AT BOTH ENDS.
3. MARK WRAP LABEL WITH: JUNCTION BOX TO SENSOR QPN 100527-01

QDT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, CONTRACT NO.
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
Q1251 QUANTUM SOLUTIONS, INC.
TOLERANCES ARE:
A A
X.XXX ± 0.003 APPROVALS DATE
4. INSTALL CAPS (ITEM 4 AND 5) USING ITEM 8 BOTH ENDS. X.XX
X°
± 0.010
± 5°
DRAWN
CABLE ASSEMBLY,
HSM 24MAY95
MATERIAL CHECKED FIELD SENSOR
SEE NOTE 2
MAX 64/
384036-01
FD-100527-01 A
COPYRIGHT (C) 1995 QUANTUM SOLUTIONS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED D O N O T SC A LED RA W IN G SCALE SHEET
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 001200 CAP,CONNECTOR,RECEPTACLE,14 BODY EA 1
1 001351 CONN,5 PIN PLUG,14 BODY EA 1
1 001352 CONNECTOR EA 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
ZONE REV DESCRIPTION DATE APPRVD
A INITIAL RELEASE (ECN960005) 30JAN96 HSM
2 ± 0.25 FEET
D
5 1 3 6 2 4 D
C
7 7 C
NOTES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONNECTOR TYPE CONNECTOR TYPE

KPT06F14-5P KPT06F12-3P
CONNECTOR PIN A NO CONNECTION CONNECTOR PIN A SENSOR SUPPLY (+)

CONNECTOR PIN B SENSOR SUPPLY (+) CONNECTOR PIN B SENSOR SUPPLY (-)
CONNECTOR PIN C SENSOR RETURN (-) CONNECTOR PIN C NO CONNECTION
CONNECTOR PIN D SHIELD
CONNECTOR PIN E NO CONNECTION
B B
1. ITEM NUMBERS REFER TO ITEM NUMBERS IN THE ASSOCIATED PARTS LIST (PL-100551-01)
2. SHIELD TO BE TERMINATED TO PIN D ON LEFT END CONNECTOR
3. MARK WRAP LABEL WITH: SENSOR XOVER QPN 100551-01

QDT
4. INSTALL CAPS (ITEM 4 AND 5) USING ITEM 7 BOTH ENDS

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, CONTRACT NO.
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES. QUANTUM SOLUTIONS, INC.
TOLERANCES ARE:
A A
APPROVALS DATE
DRAWN
HSM 30JAN96 CABLE ASSEMBLY,
MATERIAL CHECKED CROSSOVER
384037-01
FD-100551-01 A
COPYRIGHT (C) 1996 QUANTUM SOLUTIONS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED D O N O T SC A LED RA W IN G SCALE SHEET
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 001348 CONNECTOR, , - , 851-06EC12-3P50 EA 1
1 001351 CONN,5 PIN PLUG,14 BODY EA 1
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 11
Mule Shoe and Landing Subs
981224 Rev A Assembly Drawing

981226 Rev A Assembly Drawing
981827-01 Rev B Assembly Drawing
g GE Power Systems
Notes
981830

1 -981332 KEY, MULESHOE, 4 3/4"DC EA 1
2 R03903 BECU25,BAR,1.5"D,AT[TF00] C17200, TF00 IN 2
1 -981333 PIN, MULESHOE KEY EA 1
2 R03901 BECU,ROD,5/32 DIA. ALLOY 25 TH04 IN 1
1 -981824 WEAR CUFF, MULESHOE EA 1
2 R04141 BECU TUBE,2.25DIA,.25WALL SEE ENGR SPECS IN 1
1 -981826 MULESHOE, 4 3/4" COLLAR EA 1
2 R04130 AL-BRONZE,BAR,3.5D UNS C63000 (AMPCO 45) IN 14
1 981827 SLEEVE, MULESHOE BOTTOM EA 1
1 981828 RING RET 2.440 TRUARC SS INTERNAL EA 1
1 981829 Oring, , Viton - AS-140, EA 1
1 981831 HELICAL SLEEVE, RETROFIT EA 1
981833

1 -981333 PIN, MULESHOE KEY EA 1
2 R03901 BECU,ROD,5/32 DIA. ALLOY 25 TH04 IN 1
1 -981371 KEY, MULESHOE, 6 1/2"DC EA 1
2 R04188 17-4 SS COND A, 1"DIA BAR IN 3
1 981827 SLEEVE, MULESHOE BOTTOM EA 1
1 981828 RING RET 2.440 TRUARC SS INTERNAL EA 1
1 981829 Oring, , Viton - AS-140, EA 1
1 981831 HELICAL SLEEVE, RETROFIT EA 1
1 -981832 MULESHOE, 6 1/2" COLLAR EA 1
2 R04135 AL-BRONZE 45, 4.5"D, BAR UNS C63000 (AMPCO 45) IN 14

1 -981960 MULESHOE, 3.5" COLLAR EA 1
2 R04130 AL-BRONZE,BAR,3.5D UNS C63000 (AMPCO 45) IN 14
1 981961 MAIN ORIFICE,1.250"DIA EA 1
1 981962 KEY,MULESHOE,3.5" COLLAR EA 1
1 981963 LANDING SUB DETAIL, 3.5" MACHINE DETAILS ONLY EA 1
1 981968 RING RET .500 TRUARC SS INTERNAL EA 1
1 981971 SCREW, SET, STAINLESS STEEL - EA 2
- 1/2-20 X 5/8, KNURLED CUP POINT
1 983191 Oring, , Viton - AS-227, EA 4
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane

(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Section 12
Technical Notices
06 Signal Poppet Ends 54 MWD Oil Fill

12 Jamming of Pulser/Helix End Against Muleshoe Key 55 Cable, Sup Box To R/T EXT P/N 384023
17 Pulser Main Signal Shaft Stops (981118) 56 EFS (Electronic Flow Switch)
18 Battery Pack Tape Wrap 57 983140 – Module Breakout Unit – ‘Break-out Box’
20 MPU Failures 58 983150 – Module Interconnect Cable
23 New Pulser/Helix End and Abrasion Ring 59 Pulser Driver Assembly w/ EFS, 981138
24 Main Signal Poppet Jamming 60 QDT MWD Firmware V01.30 6
26 3 ½” Drill Collar Design 62 DOS – Win98 PC’s
32 Jumper Connector - 981524 63 Muleshoe Assemblies
34 Polypak Seals and Wipers 64 Shaft, MWD Centrlzr, Wired
35 Finned/Bowspring Cent 65 qMWDPC Software V01.30a Update, PID 384046
36 Lithium Cell Battery Packs - “moderate” rate cells 66 MS Windows® Operating Platforms
37 Pulser Bellows Installation – P/N 981233 67 Connector Inserts, Pulser Oil Chamber
39 Embedded Synch (Resynch Option) 68 Electronic Flow Switch, (Part # 384065)
40 Primary/Secondary Battery Function 69 Servo Poppet Assembly, Part Number 981348
42 Bellows, Flow Sensor Plug Modification 70 MWDRoll 32 Vb2.00e Software Update
44 Grip Tool for Bowspring & Finned Centralizer 72 Pulser Driver, Part Numbers 981128,981129
45 Replacement Parts 73 Junction Box Assembly, Part No. 384034
47 Magnetic Permeable Wires 74 qMWDPC V01.30a Update Information-Data Limits
48 175C Directional Module and Battery Pack 75 Bulkhead Retainer
51 Screen Housing Hole Left by Flow Switch 77 Shaft, Spring, Pulser – PN 981141 Rev E
52 Excessive Power Drain in Directional Modules 78 Flexible Dynamic Sleeve Maintenance
53 New Software for the MWD System
g GE Power Systems
Notes
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
Product: Subject: Date: Bulletin No.
QDT Signal Poppet Ends 14 – Sep – 00 6 (Rev.)
Priority: Recipients: Engineering Approval: Tech Services:

LOW All QDT MWD clients Rich Clayton Craig Constant
Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #6 on SEPTEMBER 14, 1994
There are three (3) sizes of main signal Poppet Ends available; 1.122" OD (981140), 1.086"
OD (981213), and 1.040" OD (981214).
Two engineering changes have been made on the design of the Poppet Ends. The first
change was to remove the round ID and slots and replace them with a square socket sized for
a 1/2" socket driver. Any standard 1/2 " socket drive, can be used to tighten/loosen the Poppet
End on or off of the poppet shaft.
The second change removed the chamfer on the upper shoulder of the Poppet End. This will
prevent the Poppet End from engaging the ID of the Pulser Helix End. Now, the Poppet Shaft
and Poppet End #1 (981140) are the exact same OD, present a smooth profile, and are less
likely to hang up. In addition to this, the ID on the Pulser Helix End was opened up slightly.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Jamming of Pulser/Helix End Against Muleshoe Key 07 – Dec - 94 12 (Rev.)

LOW All QDT MWD clients Rich Clayton Craig Constant
Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #12 on December 07, 1994
Under certain conditions the Pulser/Helix End [981320] can engage and jam against the Key in
the Muleshoe.
This can occur when:
1. The probe is dropped into the Muleshoe instead of a lowered using a controlled release.
2. The probe is 180° (±20°) off from keyway of the helix when contact is made with the key.
3. The Helix End is chipped or worn, thus allowing a large tolerance for the probe helix to
incorrectly engage the key.
4. The Key is loose and has a large tolerance allowing for misalignment before the key
contacts the I.D. of the drill collar.
If any or all of these 4 conditions are met [see Figure 1], the Pulser/Helix End has a high
probability of jamming against the Key.
The tolerance was tightened between the Muleshoe Key and the ID of the drill collar,
preventing the key from moving to the outer side of the muleshoe. It also projects the
Muleshoe Key further into the Helix slot [see Figure 2].
Second, the engagement point of the Key was moved down 0.375 inches, the end rounded,
and the angle made sharper.
Third, the helix on the Pulser/Helix End was changed to a radius and moved back 0.125 inches
[see Figure 3].
These changes require the Pulser/Helix End to move 0.50 inches further into the Muleshoe
before engaging the Key. The Pulser/Helix End is centered and aligned when it engages the
Key. The radius on the helix end is blunter, improving impact strength. The radius and
sharper angle on the Key causes the Pulser/Helix End to rotate and seat.
Muleshoe Keys are 981332 [4 3/4" Muleshoe Key] and 981371 [6 1/2" Muleshoe Key].
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Pulser Main Signal Shaft Stops (981118) 12 – Jan - 95 17 (Rev.)

LOW All QDT MWD Clients Rich Clayton Craig Constant
Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #17 on January 12, 1995
There has been some concern about the fact that the main signal valve [poppet] shaft can
continue to move upwards until the piston cap pushes out of the wear sleeve. This shaft is
limited on its downward travel by the piston cap, which seats upon the castellations at the top
of the pulser/helix end, but there is no corresponding limit to travel upward. [See Figure 1].
In order to alleviate this problem, new pulsers are being built with a Shaft Stop [Figure 2].
The part number is 981118.
The Shaft Stop retrofits between the poppet end and the main signal valve shaft, and only
adds about 1/10 inch to the depth the poppet end will extend down into the main orifice
[Figure 3].
When the main signal valve shaft is pushed upward, the Shaft Stop allows it to travel only one
inch before the upper face of the Shaft Stop engages the lower face of the pulser/helix end and
seats. Thus, the piston cap and the seals can never travel far enough up to move out of the
wear sleeve. Enough of the threads on the poppet end are still engaged in the threads in the
ID of the main signal valve shaft so that the poppet end is securely threaded on.
Future production will include the Shaft Stop as an integral part of the main signal valve shaft,
so an additional part will not be necessary [see Figure 4].
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Battery Pack Tape Wrap 17 – Jan - 95 18 (Rev.)

It has been found that creating additional supports along the battery pack with Kapton tape can
assist in preventing potential early battery failures due to cell drop-out under shock side-loads.
In every drilling environment, there is always the possibility that certain vibrations can be
created, due to BHA design, rpm, WOB and other factors. Some of these vibrations well
induce side slap of the battery pack in the pressure housing. This side slap may have caused
some cells in battery packs to short internally and drop out. Consequently, this reduces the
effective life of the battery pack substantially. Even though the clearance between the battery
pack and the pressure housing is nominally only .015" per side, closing this gap further, using
tape layers, has proven to be beneficial in reducing side slap.
What has become normal procedure in field operations is to wrap Kapton tape around the
outside of the battery pack, in three or four places, to act as centralizers. Apply 4 to 5 layer
wraps in each place. Then remove one layer at a time so that the battery pack slides into the
pressure barrel bore. This creates additional battery pack support.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT MPU Failures 27 – Jan - 95 20 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #20 on January 27, 1995 (P.Walters)
Several recent MPU failures have found to be caused by Battery voltage being shorted to other
lines, particularly the qBus line. We have identified one scenario where this can happen.
If a directional module is connected to a battery, and an interconnect is plugged into the top of
the directional module with no spearpoint assembly on top of that, the there are exposed, un-
shrouded pins which are easy to short together by contacting any metal object. For instance4,
pin 4 is battery bus and pin 5 is qBus. If they were to both momentarily, touch a metal object,
such as the barrel of the spearpoint assembly as it is put on, the qBus port of the MPU will be
damaged.
To prevent this, it is safest to always connect the intermodule assembly to the assembly above
it, prior to connecting it to the assembly below it.
To state this another way, when making up a tool,

A. Put the intermodule assembly in the bottom of the battery housing, then
B. Stab the battery housing/intermodule assembly combo into the top of the pulser.
C. Put the next intermodule assembly into the bottom of the Directional module,
then,
D. Stab the Directional module/intermodule assembly combo into the top of the
Battery module.
E. Put the intermodule assembly into the bottom of the spearpoint assembly, then
F. Stab the spearpoint/intermodule assembly combo into the top of the Directional
module. See accompanying illustrations.
When breaking down the tool, make the field breaks below the intermodule assemblies (lower,
downhole end). It is permissible to leave the intermodule assembly connected to the bottom
of the modules, but BEWARE of leaving them connected into the top with no other assembly
connected to them.
g 1840 Royston Lane GE Power Systems
Pulser Battery 1
Pulser Battery 1
GE Power Systems MWD Module Assembly Procedure Chart

The uphole end of a connected intermodule (bowspring/finned centralizer has exposed pins which can cause failures if shorted to each other. Therefore, always install the
intermodule connector/bowspring/finned centralizer into the Bottom of the unit above it before stabbing it into the unit below it. See sequence illustrated above. Follow the above
procedure for all additional modules that may be attached to the probe when assembling the tool string.

Pulser Battery 1 Dir. Mod. measurements. 1.60 ft from DownHole End of module.

Replaces Battery 1
two batteries.

Gamma Sensor to Bit distance
Pulser Gamma Battery 1 Dir. Mod. measurements. 1.60 ft. from DownHole
End of module.
Poppet Tip Location is EQUAL to the Orientation Bolt

Location on Landing Sub / Mule Shoe Sub.

g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT New Pulser/Helix End and Abrasion Ring 17 – Apr- 95 23 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #23 on April 17, 1995
DownHole vibration of the BHA is responsible for the early wear-out of the shoulder on the
Pulser/Helix End and Muleshoe mating seats. Parts have been designed to cope with the
effects of BHA vibrations. The Pulser/Helix End has been modified [new part no. 981321] to
allow the use of an expendable Abrasion Ring, Helix End [part no. 981823].
The Abrasion Ring is an expendable part. It is a ring, which is used in place of an integral
shoulder. It slides over the threads, o-ring, and seats in the shoulder area. The Poppet
Housing above the Helix End screws down until it seats on the Abrasion Ring, holding it in
place. The Abrasion Ring is made of tempered alloy steel or hardened BeCu. The Abrasion
Ring seats down on the Muleshoe Cuff. The Cuff, made of hardened BeCu, is threaded onto
the upper end of the Muleshoe.
Harder materials for the Muleshoe Cuff and Abrasion Ring might make the parts last even
longer, but might be more brittle, expensive, be incompatible with BeCu [cause galvanic
corrosion], or difficult to machine [thread, turn, mill].
The new Muleshoe Assemblies [981830, 4 3/4", and 981833, 6 1/2"] are made of Ampcoloy 45 which is
more compatible with BeCu [than 17-4PH SST], and are non-magnetic, and have thicker, sturdier legs
without welds. The material is less brittle and capable of absorbing more impact energy without
cracking. The new assemblies contain a Muleshoe Sleeve, a removable part that contains the Main
Orifice. This part will make it easier to go to higher flow rates and larger orifice sizes later.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Main Signal Poppet Jamming 1 – Jun- 95 24 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #24 on June 1, 1995
When examining the drilling fluids in which the signal poppet jammed, it was found that there
were particulates that ranged from .010 diameter to .030 diameter. Larger particles did not jam
the signal shaft, nor did smaller particles. The shapes varied, from round, cubic, or sheet-like
to irregular polygons. Thus, a theory was developed that a certain size of particle in the mud
could lodge between the bore of the Helix End and the Signal Valve Shaft.
This was tested in a flow loop and proven. The solution was also tried, which worked very
well. The fluid tested was water to which bentonite and a polymer [increases viscosity and
helps hold particulates in suspension], fine LCM, medium LCM, mica, Soltex, and beads [both
coarse and fine] were added. The MWD system worked well despite all the additives until the
beads were added. Only a small amount of fine beads were necessary to jam the main signal
poppet shaft [5 pounds per 1,000 gallons]. The beads piled up around the internal shoulder,
jamming the shaft in the retracted position.
A Helix End with the bore opened up by .040" [.020" per side] was tested in the mud and
worked, even in fine beads, until a great deal of coarse beads were added to the mud [50# per
1,000 gallons], then it jammed. A Helix End with the bore opened by .060" [.030" per side] was
then tried, and it pulsed for over 8 hours without failure. Opening up the bore in the Helix End
appears to solve the problem of Main Signal Poppet Shaft jamming in the field.
After this solution has proven itself in field trials, as well as in the flow loop tests, the part will
be revised in production. In addition to opening the Helix End bore up, the Helix End bore
internal grooves will be removed, as these were seen in flow loop tests to actually add to the
problem. The grooves caught debris and filter cake built up in them. They will also be
removed from the outer diameter of the Main Signal Poppet Shaft, as well. The grooves were
added to help prevent jamming of the shaft due to particulates. It turns out that they add more
expense to the part, yet provide no protection from jamming, and may even add to the
problem.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT 3 1/2" Drill Collar Design 03 – Oct- 95 26 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #26 on October 3, 1995
The 3 1/2" Muleshoe may be used in a dedicated drill collar, a landing sub/drill collar combination, or in
a landing sub attached to coiled tubing. Since every customer has different needs as to connections
and configurations, QDT will not provide the tubing, drill collars, or landing subs. However, we will
provide a drawing of a landing sub from which a part may be fabricated. In conjunction with this
assembly, we also offer two substitutes for the Intermodule Assemblies, a Finned Centralizer and a
Bowspring Centralizer. Both centralizers may be used in place of the dedicated bottle-type centralizer
[in the dedicated drill collar] and Intermodule assemblies, and are used in slick bores [drill collars, or
tubing]. This gives all users additional flexibility in downhole MWD system configuration.
Please note that the Wear Cuff on top of the Muleshoe is the same as the one used on the
4 3/4", 6 1/2", and 7 3/4" Muleshoes. Because of expected lower flow rates and smaller
Muleshoe wall thickness, the Main Signal Orifices had to be reduced in O.D., as well as I.D.
This creates a smaller TFA between the poppet and the orifice to create a readable pulse
amplitude at very low flow rates [75 to 200 gpm]. The Muleshoe drops into the Landing Sub
such that the Key may be oriented and aligned with the mud motor scribe line. The Muleshoe
is held in place with two Retaining Bolts.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Jumper Connector - 981524 22 – Jan- 96 32 (Rev.)

Some clients have requested a method that would allow the QDT MWD to be run with only
one battery placed above the directional module. Due to the unique wiring design of the
battery pack, that enables the system to expend the first battery before drawing power from
the second battery, the number two battery position is always immediately above the
Directional Module. Without the number one battery in place, (below the Directional Module
or above the number two battery), the connection that would provide power to the system is
not complete. Therefore, a 4-pin/6-socket (10-pin) connector (P/N 981522) with the bus lines
2 & 3 wired together to complete the Bat1 and Bat2 connection.
This device is designed to be plugged into the top plug of the top intermodule connector
(Bowspring/ finned centralizer), directly above the single battery being used and fit into the
small receptacle of the spear point housing. Note this connector was designed for use with
only one battery in the battery 2 position. DO NOT use with a two battery configuration or
any other module placed above the battery.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Polypak Seals and Wipers 06 – Apr- 96 34 (Rev.)

The seals used on the Piston Cap on the Main Signal valve of the Pulser are standard Polypak seals
manufactured by Parker O-Ring Co. They are made of Viton, with a durometer range of 70 - 90. Part
number 981170. The wiper at the uphole end of the Piston Cap is merely a Polypak seal with the o-ring
removed. The Wiper (P/N 981171) is not stocked as such, but is stocked as P/N 981170, the Polypak.
The MWD operator must be instructed on the preferred method of removing the o-ring from the
Polypak, to avoid damage.
The reason for using a Polypak seal on the bottom and a wiper on the top, is to prevent the
piston Cap from jamming. If two Polypak seals were used, the differential pressure in the area
between the Polypak seals and the area above and below the seals would cause a potential
resistance to movement. When the wiper only is installed on the top of the Piston Cap, it
wipes the bore clean, ahead of the Polypak seal, as the Piston Cap moves upward. This is the
only seal orientation prescribed by QDT.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Finned/Bowspring Cent 06 – Apr- 96 35 (Rev.)

When running the QDT+MWD system in a 3 1/2" O.D. BHA, a landing sub holds the muleshoe in which
the probe is anchored. A non-magnetic drill collar is located above the landing sub, which is not
dedicated. This means it does not contain the centralizers anchored to the drill collar walls. Instead of
the Intermodule Connectors, 981500, used between the MWD modules, Finned Centralizers or
Bowspring {Bladed} Centralizers are used.
The Bowspring Centralizer, MWD is 981755, and may be used in bores sized from 2.25" to
3.50". The Finned Centralizer, MWD, is 981758. The fin O.D. is ~2.75", and may be trimmed
down to a bore of 2.10".
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Lithium Cell Battery Packs - “moderate” rate cells 05 – Jun – 96 36 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #36 on June 05, 1996 by R. Jahn
Battery packs using “Moderate-Rate” cells (QDT Part Numbers 981649, 981651, and 981652)
may provide increased service life through a simple procedure performed just before putting
the tool downhole. The procedure is called depassivation and involves using a low-level
current to remove deposits accumulated due to normal chemical reactions inside the battery
cells during storage.
“Moderate-Rate” lithium battery cells differ from “High-Rate” cells in that the electrode surface
areas are greatly reduced. While the total work available from these cells is approximately the
same as from the “High-Rate” cells, the maximum current that can be delivered is somewhat
reduced. One benefit is that the volatility of the cells is substantially lower at normal
temperatures.
When stored under open-circuit (no load) conditions, a normal chemical reaction which occurs
in cells is the continuous formation of a layer of Lithium Chloride (LiCl) around the cell anode
(negative terminal). This process is called Anode Passivation and is partially responsible for
the exceptionally long storage life of lithium thionyl chloride cells. The reaction is reversible,
and the layer dissipates readily as the cell discharges.
Anode Passivation causes the phenomenon known as Voltage Delay, which is a temporary
drop in Voltage when the cell is first loaded. As the passivation layer dissipates, the loaded
Voltage returns to a stable running level equivalent to that of a fresh (unpassivated) cell.
Heavy passivation can drop the voltage under moderate load to less than 3 Volts.
The rate of growth of the passivation layer at the anode is directly related to (a) the length of
time a cell is stored under open-circuit (no load) conditions and (b) the temperature at which
the cell is stored. Storage temperature has by far the greatest effect. Some researchers have
found that the rate of passivation approximately doubles for each increase of 10 ° C (18 ° F).
Thus, four weeks of storage at 50 ° C (122 ° F) is roughly equivalent to thirty-two weeks
storage at 20 ° C (68 ° F)! For this reason, extended storage or storage at elevated
temperature can increase the problem of passivation.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Pulser Bellows Installation – P/N 981233 13– Sep – 96 37 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #37 on September 13, 1996 by R. Jahn
When installing the lockwire on the small end of the bellows, make sure that it seats near the
middle of the straight “cuff” at the end of the bellows. Allow plenty of clearance away from the
first corrugation in the bellows.
The curved section at the base of the corrugations must not be squeezed by the tie wire or premature
bellows failure could occur.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT EMBEDDED SYNCH (RESYNCH OPTION) 05 – Nov- 96 39 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as Field Memorandum #39 on 05 November, 1996
A Resynch option for the QDT MWD system is now available. It has been release to QDT for lab
testing in a Beta Version b01.21, and a copy will be released to any client wishing to examine and test
the option.
The version is currently accessed only through qTalk or the qBus Monitor Screen (Alt7). If it is
found a viable option for normal use in the field, then it may be implemented as a standard
addition to later software releases. The system will operate exactly as the current version
V01.20, until the Embedded Synch is activated via qTalk. Note: Both the surface receiver and
the downhole tool must be connected together at the surface to be able to make this option
active. It is not an available option to go to once the system is configured and made ready for
downhole use, should the need arise while in operation. The embedded synch was developed
at the requests of users who wanted the ability to have the system resynch in situations where
loss circulation or excessive pump noise radically affected the quality of the initial synch
routine.
The options include:
1. Resynch immediately after completing the Survey Sequence Transmission, before the
T/L Sequence, to include resynch after completion of each T/L Sequence. (ReSy:’ON’)
at both addresses 05 and 20. Normally “OFF’, but it is a non-volatile switch that
remains the same when the power is terminated.
2. Resynch after the Survey Sequence Transmission with re-transmission of the same
survey data, up to four (4) times, before beginning the transmission of the T/L
Sequence. (ReSy:’ON’ and NSSQ:’1-4’). Also, resynch after the completion of the T/L
sequence still occurs. NSSQ is also a non-volatile switch.
The option to force a Resynch to the Node 05 address to avoid missed synched data trains.
Issuing the command causes the Node 05 processor to sit idle and not decode any data while
looking for the Synch command transmitted by the downhole processor.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Primary/Secondary Battery Function 11– Nov- 96 40 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as Field Memorandum #40 on 11 November, 1996
The QDT MWD system automatically provides for the use of either one or two battery packs.
The Primary batter operates the system until the average voltage falls below a pre-set level.
(Battery Threshold Voltage – the ‘BThr’ software variable) The Secondary battery is then
connected to the system bus. Current output from each battery pack is diode protected, thus
preventing the fresh battery from charging the depleted unit.
The QDT electronics module automatically utilizes Bus 2 as Primary and Bus 3 as Secondary.
Each battery pack is wired with its positive terminal connected to bus conductor No. 2 on the
uphole end, and bus conductor No. 3 downhole. For this reason, the position of the packs with
respect to the electronics module determines which battery pack will function as the Primary
pack, and which as the Secondary pack. also, it is for this reason that a single battery pack
mounted above the electronics module requires the use of the Jumper Connector [P/N
981524],
Included in this memo is an illustration of the Primary/Secondary battery functions because of

their location within the downhole probe.

measurements. 1.60 ft from DownHole End of module.

Replaces Battery 1
two batteries.

Pulser Gamma Battery 1 Dir. Mod. Gamma Sensor to Bit distance
measurements. 1.60 ft. from DownHole
End of module.
Poppet Tip Location is EQUAL to the Orientation Bolt

Location on Landing Sub / Mule Shoe Sub.

g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Bellows, Flow Sensor Plug Modification 03– Jan – 97 42 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #42 on January 03, 1997 by R. Jahn
Recently, a review of the Bellows [981233] and its fit with the mating parts (the Bellows Shaft
[981142] and Flow Sensor Plug [981518]) was completed. GE Power Systems technicians
had noted that, following proper calibration of the Solenoid Clapper and Servo Poppet
assembly, the bellows had to be compressed before fastening in place with the tie wires. This
meant that the bellows were under compressive strain before being compressed even further
when the servo poppet actuated.
There were two reasons the bellows could not be installed in a “relaxed” position. First, the
large end of the bellows was too long and prevented the bellows from sliding far enough over
the nosepiece of the Flow Sensor Plug. Second, the length of the nosepiece was such that the
first “corrugation” of the bellows contacted the nosepiece, preventing the bellows from
extending to its relaxed position when tied to the Bellows Shaft at the small end.
The bellows have been modified and the large end trimmed back. The nosepiece of new Flow
Sensor Plugs is slightly shorter to complete the adjustment.
Modification of Flow Sensor Plug:

Existing Flow Sensor Plugs should have 0.15 in. removed from the nosepiece as shown below.
Until this is done, the shortened bellows collar will not quite reach the screen housing and a
small portion of the nosepiece will be visible beyond the bellows cuff.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Grip Tool for Bowspring & Finned Centralizer 21– Feb – 97 44 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #44 on February 27, 1997 by R. Jahn
Several customers have remarked to us that it is sometimes difficult to get a grip on the end of
the Interconnects in order to turn them to line up the 10-pin connectors. A simple handle that
fits over the opposite end will make it easier to connect the centralizer to the tool. This design
provides a firm grip to turn the centralizer without damaging or shorting the pins on the
connector.
• “Critical” dimensions are enclosed in boxes. Others may be modified as appropriate.

• We recommend a soft material such as aluminum or brass to reduce the possibility of
scratching the Interconnect End.
Do not use this tool as a wrench fitting for tightening the Interconnect into the downhole
assembly.
g GE Power Systems
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Replacement Parts 02– Jun – 97 45 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #45 on June 02, 1997 by R. Jahn
Refinements of the QDT pulser tool over the past year have resulted in part number replacements
which are not reflected in the April, 1996 (Rev C) edition of the Maintenance Manual. The updated
manual is currently being published and should be distributed in the next few weeks.
The following parts have been improved and their part numbers have changed as follows:
Item Old part No. New Part No.

Snubber Shock, Gamma 981951 981953
Snubber Shock, Battery Pack 981613 981617
Snubber Shock, MWD Sensor 981730 981728
Snubber Shock, Driver 981528 981529
Spring Shaft 981116 (ass’y) 981141 (1-piece)
Spring Shaft Plug 981115 981149
In response to customer feedback, the Servo Poppet Assembly [981348] has been modified to
ease the assembly and calibration process. The modified assembly uses the same Servo-
Poppet Tip [981347], Servo-Poppet Tip Support [981346], and (2) 2-56x5/16 screws [100890]
as the previous version. Instead of the Belleville Washers and Servo-Poppet Extender, a two-
piece base is used to mount the Poppet Tip and adjust its position. This base consists of (1)
Modified Extender Base [981207], (1) SidePiece [981207], and (2) 2-56x1/4 screws [100880].
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Magnetic Permeable Wires 10 – Jul – 97 47 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #47 on July 10, 1997
Some of the 15-pin MDM connector assemblies have a magnetically permeable brown wire. If
the wire is routed near a magnetometer sensor, it may cause incorrect sensor readings. Wires
that are not near a magnetometer will not cause any problems.
The easiest way to determine if an assembly has permeable wire is to look at the date code
that is located on the connector shell. A date code of 9637-025 may have the permeable wire.
The GE Power Systems inventory has been checked and no other date codes have been
found to exhibit the magnetic problems.
If the connector is located so that the date code can not be seen, a compass may be used to
detect the wire. Place the compass near the wire and slowly move it. If the needle starts to
point to the wire and not to North, then the wire is permeable.
Connector assemblies that have a permeable wire and are near sensors need to be replaced.
If the connector is part of a cable assembly, return the assembly for a replacement. If the
connector is part of a module, then it will need to be returned to GE Power Systems
Operations.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT 175C Directional Module and Battery Pack 15 – Dec- 97 48 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #48 on December 15, 1998
In response to demand, QDT is working on upgrading the MWD system to handle higher temperatures,
to 175°C. A Directional Module capable of withstanding such temperatures has just been released,
part number 981910, Directional Module, MWD,175C.
QDT also has a Battery Pack made from BEI cells capable of 175C operations. The cells are bobbin
types, with more thermal expansion room for the electrolyte, so they are not as “energy dense"
as the 150°C cells. Thus, an operator should only expect from 115 to 145 hours from the higher temp
battery pack.
A 175°C Pulser with Driver Module is being developed.

g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Screen Housing Hole Left by Flow Switch 21 – Apr – 987 51 (Rev.)

There are four methods being used to plug the bore formerly used for the original mechanical
flow switch.
The first is to tap threads into the hole the Pressure Plate and Diaphragm sit over. Then use
an old style Oil Fill Plug with an o-ring to close off the hole. The hole can be used to perform
oil fills and fill the Pulser with oil from the diaphragm hole.
A second method uses a modified Pressure Plate with no center hole and uses a Viton rubber
gasket seal under it. Since all elastomers must be changed out periodically, the gasket must
be replaced often.
A third option is to use a Lee Plug. Lee plugs are tapered plugs with grooves on the O.D. into
which a tapered pin is driven. As the tapered pin is driven into the Lee plug, it expands, and
the grooves "bite" into the hole to be plugged, creating a permanent seal.
The last method is to order a Screen Housing without the flow switch hole {part # 981204,
Housing No Flow Switch}. This part simply replaces the current part and can be installed
during a maintenance or rebuild of the Pulser.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Excessive Power Drain in Directional Modules 09 – May – 98 52 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #52 on May 9, 1998
The first Operators of the High Temperature {175C} Directional Modules {981910} noticed a high power
draw during use. This is a result of a fault in the DAQ {970730}, causing it to draw excessive current
{75 to 85 mA}. Consequently, this depletes the battery packs much faster than normal.
The same DAQ, in the pup joint between the microprocessor and the orientation module, was
also installed in a few recently produced standard Directional Modules {981900}. Please
check your Directional Modules, and if you have the higher power drain, contact GE Power
Systems about scheduling to send your Directional Modules back for repair.
While the excessive power drainage leads to early battery pack depletion, it in no way
compromises the survey data or reliability of the unit.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT New Software for the MWD System 15 – May – 98 53 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #53 on May 15, 1998
Below is a table listing new software available for the QDT MWD system, with part number,
price, and anticipated date of availability:
Part No. Description Available
384046 qMWD W32 Software & License June 1, 1998

{Windows 95/NT version}
384050 DownHole Recorder Software June 1, 1998
& License/DOS version
384051 DownHole Recorder Software June 1, 1998
& License/WN32 version
384052 Recorder Software Upgrade June 1, 1998
from DOS to WN32
384055 Upgrade qMWD software from June 1, 1998
DOS to WN32{Win95}
384058 Changed to SWK008
SWK008 LogView SW & License June 1, 1998

Gamma Plotting
{renewable yearly}
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT MWD Oil Fill 08 – Jun – 98 54 (Rev.)

Originally Issued as FIELD MEMORANDUM #54 on Jun 08, 1998, by George Roberts
Facts about the Pulser:
A. It is recommended that silicone oil having a viscosity of 50 to 100 centistokes be

used in the Pulser oil fill.
B. The compensation bladder {ADA: Pressure Compensation membrane}, when
compressed from its static state to maximum displacement, will displace 22 to 25
cubic centimeters {cc} of oil.
Individually and collectively, the users of the QDT MWD system have devised several different
hardware configuration and processes to implement the oil fill on the Pulser module. Over the
past few years, it has been reported that 100 cs viscosity oil is too heavy and will not displace
all the air in the Pulser, that oil disappears in transport {flight}, that a port is required at each
end of the Pulser to get all the air out of the Pulse, and that the Pulser needs to be hoisted to
some height above bench level to “break the surface tension during filling”, and other things of
obscure origin.
A simple test was devised that allow an accurate measurement of the amount of oil required to
fill a Pulser. It consisted of a 1.0” diameter {I.D.} Plexiglas tube 20.0” long with a single port at
each end. The port at the top was connected to a vacuum source and the port at the bottom
connected to the fill plug {see sketch attached}. Two Pulsers, just assembled but never oil
filled, were used for the test. in the first test, the 100cs-viscosity silicone oil was used. The
1.0” inch tube was filled with the oil to a level of approximately 14 inches of oil in the tube. The
oil fill was done through the single plug at the top of the oil fill section of the Pulser. After
several cycles of vacuum, ambient pressure, vacuum, etc., the amount of oil used from the
1.0” tube was 10 5/8 inches. This computes to 137 cubic centimeters of oil.
The second effort was with the second new Pulser and the fluid used to fill the Pulser was
Varsol, a very low viscosity fluid used to clean parts in the machine shop. this second effort
used 10 ½ inches of fluid from the tube. This computes to 135 cubic cm. In both efforts, near
the end of the process, the application of vacuum would result in an increase of fluid in the 1.0”
g GE Power Systems
tube of approximately 2 inches. At a computed 12.87 cc per inch of length in the 1.0” diameter
tube, this is consistent with the compression of the compensation membrane to it’s maximum.
What was learned from this process?
1. The volume of oil in a Pulser is approximately 136 cubic centimeters.

2. The recommended silicone oil does penetrate and displace the air in all the
cracks, crevices, coil windings, nook, and crannies.
3. From static position to a collapsed position, the compensation membrane will
displace approximately 17% of the fluid in a pulser.
4. Both fluids used were heavier than air and did run downhill to seek the lowest
level possible, forcing the air up so that it could be removed at the top port.
5. Significant volumes of air are not trapped in the coil windings by the silicone oil.
if air was trapped in the coil windings by the silicone, oil, then there would have
been more of the Varsol used in the oil fill, since it would tend to penetrate into
smaller spaces than the silicone oil.
6. If one-half of the capacity of the compensation membrane is needed to
compensate for the trapped air, that means approximately 12 cubic centimeters
of air {at atmospheric pressure} would have had to be in the Pulser. That is
almost 9% of the total volume.
7. Academically, if one cc of air at atmospheric pressure is subjected to a decent
vacuum {equivalent to 28 inches of mercury}, the air will expand to occupy a
volume of 10 cc.
This information is furnished for your consideration in evaluating your processes for filling the
Pulser with oil. Probably a small amount of air will always be trapped in the Pulser, such as
between the wire insulation and the wire of the Teflon-insulated wire used in the Pulser. The
amount of air trapped this way would be so small as to be negligible. Besides, this is what the
compensation membrane is designed to handle.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Cable, Sup Box To R/T EXT P/N 384023 11 – Aug – 2000 55 (Rev.)

GE Power Systems has determined that some of the extension cables (Part Number
384023) have been labeled incorrectly.
The label that reads - “QPN 100423-01 QDT 384023 EXT R/T TO SASB SASB END”
should be on the male end. This connector can be identified by the six pins on the
connector and the threaded ring used to attach the either of the connectors on the
SASB labeled Remote Terminal.
The label that reads - “QPN 100423-01 QDT 384023 EXT R/T TO SASB R/T END”
should be on the female end. This end can be identified by the six socket connections
with the Octagonal shield on the connector. This connector will mate up with the male
end of the Cable, Supply Box to R/T SASB END (P/N 384022).
It is important that the Extension Cable be installed properly, when it is required. The
Extension Cable should be installed between the SASB and the SASB END of the Main Cable,
Part Number 384022. The Main Cable, R/T END, should always be connected directly to the
Remote Terminal.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT EFS 15 – Oct - 99 56 (Rev.)

GE Power Systems has identified a potential problem with the Pulser Drivers with
Electronic Flow Switch. Part numbers are as follows:
981098, Pulser with Driver and EFS
981138, Pulser Driver with EFS
981037, Addition of EFS to Pulser Driver
Some of these assemblies have exhibited a gradual increase in sensitivity that has led
to failures. This type of failure, if it were to happen downhole, would take the
appearance of a tool that will not recognize flow off. If it were to happen in the shop, it
would take the appearance of a driver that continues to register flow on even after the
testing of the EFS has been completed. If any customer has a pulser driver with EFS
that exhibits a tendancy to remain in a flow on state, send it back to GE Power Systems
immediately.
This problem cannot be traced by serial or model numbers. Please be aware that the
best method for identifying this potential problem is through careful testing. These
pulser drivers with EFS are tested by our customers in a varity of ways. Whichever way
the tool is activated, please be consistent with the amount of vibration applied when
testing the EFS. If switch activation occurs with less vibration than usual, red tag the
driver and ship it back to GE Power Systems for examination and possible repair.
The assemblies which have exhibited this problem have been found to have one or both
of the following problems. The capacitors in the pulser drivers were shorted to the driver
chassis. The capacitor charging system is coupled to the chassis. These faults cause a
gradual degradation of the EFS and can be identified by a decreasing activation
threshold. Please address questions regarding the testing procedures to Craig Constant
at 281-443-4068.
Extensive testing has revealed that the source of the problem is not in the EFS board or in the
electronics. The corrective action for this fault is twofold. First, identify the units with shorts or
direct couplings to the chasis. Second, fix all electrical shorts and insulate the EFS board from
the chassis.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT 983140 – Module Breakout Unit – ‘Break-out Box’ 22-Feb-2000 57

HIGH All QDT MWD Clients Rich Clayton Craig Constant
As a reminder, EXTREME CARE should be exercised when using the 983140 Breakout Box to test the
QDT MWD system. When connecting the ‘Breakout Box’, ALL switches MUST be in the ‘Break’
position. This position physically disconnects all bus lines from the two modules being connected.
When attempting to connect the ‘Break-out’ Box to a module, with the ‘Breakout Box’ switches in the
‘Make’ position, there is a possibility of arcing between the connectors pins as the ‘Breakout Box’
connector is rotated into place.
A recent analysis of ‘blown’ circuit components on repaired circuit boards in the QDT MWD has shown
evidence of damage by over voltage. What was originally thought to be damage from ElectroStatic
Voltage (ESV) has now been confirmed to come from a much lower voltage.
When assembling a tool string with battery voltage on the ‘batt bus’, the connector pins are separated
by a safe margin due to the half moon design in the Interconnect Module. The mating half moon
sections provide for proper mechanical separation before the bus pins are aligned for insertion. The
‘Breakout Box’ connectors do not have the half moon feature, which allows the two mating (10-pin)
connectors to come face-to-face. If the connector is powered as it is rotated, serious damage to
internal circuitry can and has occurred.
Please advise all operators and technicians as to the proper procedures for use of the ‘Breakout Box’.
It is also advisable to inspect all Module Breakout Units for the proper switch orientation. Over time,
many of these units may have become damaged and some of the switches may be malfunctioning or
rotated in the wrong direction. These units can be returned to GE Power Systems Tensor Operations
for repair or replacement.
Reference: Technical Notice 58

983150 Module Interconnect Cable
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT 983150 – Module Interconnect Cable 22-Feb-2000 58

As a reminder, EXTREME CARE should be exercised when using the 983150 Module Interconnect Cable
to test the QDT MWD system. When using the Jumper Cable to connect two modules, the operator
must insure that neither of the modules being connected is powered from the two possible sources
(battery or safe area supply).
As with Technical Notice No. 57, a recent analysis of ‘blown’ circuit components on repaired circuit
boards in the QDT MWD has shown evidence of damage by over voltage. What was previously
thought to be damage from ElectroStatic Voltage (ESV) has now been confirmed to come from a much
lower voltage.
When assembling a tool string with Interconnect Modules between the modules, with battery voltage on
the ‘batt bus’, the connector pins are separated by a safe margin due to the half moon design in the
Interconnect Module. The mating half moon sections provide for proper mechanical separation before
the bus pins are aligned for insertion. The ‘Jumper Cable’ connectors do not have the half moon
feature, which allows the two mating (10-pin) connectors to come face-to-face. If the connector is
powered as it is rotated, serious damage to internal circuitry can and has occurred.
Please advise all operators and technicians as to the proper procedures for use of the ‘Jumper Cable’.
An updated version of the Module Interconnect Cable is in work, which will place a half moon protector
on the cable connectors. Your local sales representative will have that information when available.
Reference: Technical Notice 57

983140 Module Breakout Unit
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Pulser Driver Assembly w/ EFS, 981138 04-April-2000 59

The latest revision for the Pulser Driver Assembly with EFS, part number 981138, is now Revision B.
This revision changes the output drive circuit so that a stable output (5.0 +/- 0.1 volts) will be
established when the assembly is subject to a flow condition. This steady output voltage should assist
in the qualification of these drivers for field use.
Previous revisions produced an output voltage that would vary depending upon the load placed on the
flow line. The Transorb Assemblies are primarily responsible for this varying load by leaking current
over time. Although this latest revision does not solve the varying load caused by the Transorbs, it will
provide a steady EFS output when a slight amount of Transorb leakage is present. An output voltage of
less than 4.8 volts, Pulser Driver Assembly with EFS, Revision B, is indicative of a significant problem
and should be carefully examined by a trained technician or returned for repair.
As a means of qualifying the pulser drivers that are Revision A or earlier, the following guidelines
should be used:
When the EFS output voltage is measured while the tool string is assembled, lines 1 and 7, the excited
voltage should be a minimum of 3.6 volts. By establishing this minimum voltage, the risks associated
with any degradation in output voltage caused by an increase in temperature should be mitigated. Any
Revision A drivers that produce an output of 3.6 volts or greater don’t necessarily require the latest
upgrade at this time.
Please refer to Technical Notice 57, Module Breakout Unit, when assembling the tool string for this test.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
Product: Subject: P/N 384046 Date: Bulletin No.
QDT QDT MWD Software/Firmware Release V01.30 6 June, 2000 60

Medium All QDT MWD Clients Rich Clayton Craig Constant
This notice is being released to inform our clients of the current release of
QDT MWD software/firmware. There have been numerous new features
and enhancements implemented and all problems with the previous
releases have been resolved.
Notes for qMWD V01.30 24 April 2000

1. New Features
A. qMWD
1. qMWDPC / DRT - Drawworks encoder depth tracking.
NOTE: The version qMPRX-D3 Vb1.61f or later must be installed in the MPRx 05 of
the DRT for drawworks capability.
2. qMWDPC – Calibration utilities for:
• Drawworks encoder calibration.
• Geolograph encoder calibration.
• Hookload calibration.
3. qMWDPC - Database size reducing features:
• One feature allows the operator to set a minimum new footage made
before a new depth record is written.
• Another feature allows the operator to set a lower and upper limit on
the depths allowed to write database records, (prevents records with
0 depth in database).
• The operator has the option to mark multiple gammas at the same
depth as bad when written to the database. (LogView editing allows
this to be undone.)
• The operator can set maximum and minimum range limits on gamma
data, which will automatically tag out of range gammas as bad.
g GE Power Systems
4. qMWDPC – Audible alarms will be made for the following events:

• Flow off – 2 dings • RT power restored – 1 ding
• Flow on – 1 ding • QDT_EDR Interface loss of
• Sync detected – 1 ding communication with EDR – 3
• End of survey – 1 ding dings
• RT power failure – 3
dings
5. qMWDPC – A MD to TVD and TVD to MD function has been provided for

TVD/MD projection calculations.
6. qMWDPC – All survey data is now fully editable. New surveys can be
added to assist the operator in correlating the survey file with other
survey records on site. The survey calculation window will automatically
update the TVD when a new survey is entered by the operator or
received from the DRT. The survey closures will automatically be
calculated and stored whenever a new survey is entered or received.
The original Tie-in survey and all re-Tie-in surveys can now be edited in
the survey calculation window.
NOTE: LogView V02.01d updates only new surveys, so any edits made to surveys
that had already been loaded into a log database will not be updated. To get these
changes into the log database, the user will have to start a new log database.
LogView VB2.01e and later reads ALL surveys in when an update is performed.
7. qMWDPC – The program will print the maximum number of Tool Face
Angles possible based on printer width and the print header type
selected. This is now automatically computed for the user's selection.
8. QDT_EDR Interface
• Inclination and Azimuth will be output to the WITS port to 1 decimal
place.
• Half-duplex mode communication problems with the Pason EDR
have been corrected.
B. MWDRoll32
Win9x / WinNT 4.0 version of MWDRoll test is included in this release.
NOTE: MWDRoll32 MUST NOT be run at the same time as any qMWD application.
MWDRoll32 changes the PC’s LnkA (Link Address) and will result in serious
communication problems in any qMWD/W32 application running at the same time.
MWDRoll32 does, however reset the PC LnkA upon exit.
g GE Power Systems
C. MemoryIO/W32
If MemoryIO/W32 is on the PC when V01.30 is being installed, then the
program will be automatically updated to V01.01.
NOTE: MemoryIO/W32 V01.00 must be installed prior to installing V01.01. Do NOT
attempt to re-load MemoryIO/W32 V01.00 on the PC after loading qMWD V01.30. This
will cause other qMWD/W32 applications to fail.
I. Bug Fixes and Enhancements

qMWDPC V01.20
• Survey data will now print in meters when meters are selected as the unit.
• Only good surveys will be printed by the survey print function.
• Several bugs with ASCII logging files in association with logging in variable
units have been fixed.
• Reduced the size of the scroll view for the gamma window to prevent the
user being locked out for long periods when scrolling.
• Pumps Up Time and Pumps Down Time records were added to the pumps
on and off event log messages stored in C:\MWDEvent.Log. This will the
allow operator to more easily track circulating hours. Pump accumulators
will be in the next release.
• Extensive work to prevent the writing of bad records to the database when
RT has a power failure has been done.
• Temperature was not being stored with the gamma records.
• An invalid error message box was being displayed every time a database
was opened in the year 2000. This will no longer be displayed.
• Added the ability to display TVD in the Telemetry window.
• Corrected survey calculations to take absolute value of course length when
calculating dogleg severity.
II. Changes since Beta qMWD Vb1.30d
A. MWDRoll32
• Puts gamma on the display
• When Azimuth is 0 qfor inclination during the roll test, the beta of
MWDRoll32 was not treating readings near 359.9 q as close to 0 ,qbut as
359.x qaway from 0 qand failing the tool. This has been fixed.
g GE Power Systems
B. qMWD/W32
1. qMWDCnfg
• The program will not attempt to send “DSTy” (Depth Sensor Type) to
an MPRx with an ASW earlier than 1.61f.
• Four problems with implementation of access control using capability
codes have been fixed.
• New defaults for access control settings have been supplied.
2. qMWDPC
• The program will not start another copy of the calibration utilities if the
utilities are already running.
• The ‘Recalc’ button has been restored to the survey calculation
window. A checkbox has been provided to allow the user to prevent
recalculation on every survey edit (see Help).
• The accept/reject survey dialog boxes will no longer stack up. If a
new survey has been received before the displayed accept/reject
dialog has been responded to, the selectable default action will be
performed (see help).
• The program will no longer attempt to write an invalid record to the
database, but will inform the operator and log the error.
• A crash that occurred when the user pressed the Exit button in the
depth setting dialog before the operation was complete has been
fixed.
• The user was unable to open an archive database when
Kilodecanewtons were selected as the units of force in qVarUnits.
The error message was ‘No Current Record’. The archive database
template archive.db was fixed to prevent this.
3. TFO Procedure – Fixed error that was setting IMO in MPTx when user
was setting DAO in MPRx.
4. QDT_EDR Interface – Fixed problem that was preventing
communications with the Pason EDR in half-duplex mode.
C. Recorder to Log Merge Utility Beta

A new version, Vb1.00b of this utility that allows plotting of recorded data has
been included for evaluation. This version will allow the user to create a new data
set consisting of recorded data only or to merge the recorded data with an existing
data set containing pulsed data. Please let us know how this utility works and what
we can do to improve it, if necessary.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
MWD DOS – Win98 PC’s 24 July, 2000 62

Medium All QDT Clients Rich Clayton / Sam Adair Craig Constant
There has been concern by QDT MWD clients attempting to run the newer computers
operating with the Windows 98 platform. The problem is that there is no direct way to
get to the DOS operating platform (as in the previous Windows editions) and thus there
was a need to maintain older computers with earlier Windows versions for the sole
purpose of accessing DOS. The software department has found a method that will
allow operators to start computers in DOS, prior to starting the Windows 98 operating
platform. The operation of DOS prior to starting any Windows version is a requirement
to run the DOS programs remaining in the QDT MWD software inventory. To do this
follow the instructions below.
1. Use the Add/Remove Programs applet in Control Panel to create a Win9x Startup Diskette.
2. Shut down the computer and restart with the Startup Disk you
created in Step 1 in the A: floppy drive.
3. When prompted, select command prompt only mode. Press

Shift+F5 under Win98 to go directly into command prompt mode.
4. At the DOS prompt type the following:

a) Path=C:\windows\command;C:\qTalk2 [this command allows the
qTalk2.Bat file to successfully set the BAUD rate of the PC’s COM ports to 9600.
You can also add this command to your Autoexec.bat file on the floppy disk so
you won’t have to enter it each time you reboot the PC]
b) C:
c) qTalk2
5. Follow the normal procedures for loading Firmware to the tools and DRT processors as
detailed in the manual section qProg 11.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Muleshoe Assemblies 30 – Oct - 99 63

MED All QDT MWD Clients Rich Clayton Craig Constant
GE Power Systems has developed a positive mounting system for the 4-3/4” and 6-1/2”
Muleshoe Keys. This modification to the existing design provides for a high-strength locating
pin, assuring that the Key remains fully engaged with the Muleshoe. The offset location of the
Pin prevents the Key from being installed upside down. Effective 15 November, all 4-3/4” and
6-1/2” Muleshoes and Keys will incorporate this improvement. The following Part Numbers are
affected:
981333 new part Pin, Muleshoe Key

981332 Key, Muleshoe, 4 3/4" Collar
981371 Key, Muleshoe, 6 1/2" Collar
981826 Muleshoe , 4 3/4" Collar
981832 Muleshoe , 6 1/2" (and above) Collar
The Pin is easily installed or removed using a 1/8 pin punch. We recommend that a new pin be used
whenever replacing the Muleshoe Key. The 981333 Pin fits both the 4-3/4” and 6-1/2” Keys.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
981748 Shaft, MWD Centrlzr, Wired 12-Sep-00 64

Medium All QDT Clients Richard Clayton Craig Constant
The wired shaft for the MWD centralizer (981748) is now a separate item and can be
obtained as a complete spare part. See enclosed assembly drawing.
The MWD operators and technicians must be informed that there is an additional o-ring
groove in the shaft. This o-ring groove will accept an AS-023 (981737) size o-ring (two
are required, one on each end of the shaft). The addition of this o-ring was required to
prevent the build up of solids from the drilling fluids, between the threaded ring
(981504) and the wired shaft. Note, this is only on the newer shafts being produced
and sold. The older shafts will not have the o-ring groove for the AS-023 o-ring.
AS-023
(981737)
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT qMWDPC Software V01.30a Update, PID 384046 07-Nov-2000 65

HIGH All QDT MWD clients Rich Clayton Craig Constant
Included on this diskette are the following files:
A. Readme.Txt
B. Setup.exe - a self-extracting EXE file that contains the following files:
1. QMWDPC.exe - V01.30a
2. QDT_EDR Interface.exe - V01.30a
3. QMIXCore.dll - V01.30a
C. Directions
1. Insert the floppy disk into an available drive.
2. Change to the drive that contains the floppy and double-click on 'Setup.exe'. The above
files will then be extracted and update their counterparts on your C: drive.
The following changes have been made:
A. qMWDPC Program
1. A bug was fixed in the TVD calculation. Surveys that were marked bad were still being
included in the TVD calculation if the Auto Recalc button was checked.
2. To prevent erroneous backtracking, decreasing depth records will not be written to the
archive database unless the new depth is less than [the last depth written - the off
bottom travel distance]. If written the record will be tagged as off bottom.
3. A depth record will be written for every logging data value received. This will allow the
LASDump application to produce a correct LAS file.
4. If an invalid time stamp is received by the database interface, the error will be logged to
MWDEvent.Log and the record pending flag will be cleared. V01.30 was not clearing the
pending flag, causing the application to repeatedly write the error message until the user
terminated the application.
5. To prevent excessively large event logs, C:\MWDEvent.log will be renamed
C:\MWDEventn.log, (where 'n' will be assigned sequentially as the number of log files
increases), when it reaches approximately 1.4 megabytes. A new file named
MWDEvent.Log will be opened. This will allow the user to save each file to a floppy disk
for storage or shipment to technical services for analysis.
6. If the user selected the Set Depth main menu item while the Set Depth dialog was being
displayed, then qMWDPC would crash. The menu item will be grayed when the dialog is
displayed to prevent the user from selecting the Set Depth menu item.
g GE Power Systems
7. The depths were not always updated in the telemetry monitor window when depth
tracking mode was external. This has been corrected.
8. The blinking wait cursor has been made to work correctly to better inform the user that
the computer is busy.
9. Missing help links for the data limits dialog and the FBwf parameter have been fixed.
10. A technical note has been included for FBwf.
11. DAO will no longer display in yellow when set to 0 when TFO Procedure is running.
B. QDT_EDR Interface
1. The off bottom travel distance or OBTD entered by the user was not being broadcast.
It has been added to the data sent to qMWDPC to enable I.1 above to work correctly
when QDT_EDR Interface is used for depth tracking.
C. qMIXCore
1. Hertz as a unit of Frequency has been enabled for the use of non-qMWD application
programs.
2. Several units' long labels have been corrected by adding an 's' to the labels.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT MS Windows® Operating Platforms 07-Dec-2000 66

HIGH All MWD & WinSteer Clients Rich Clayton Craig Constant
GE Power Systems Operations will only support the following MS Windows® operating platforms –
• Windows 95®
• Windows 98®
• Windows NT® 4.0
These are the only platforms that the suite of qMWDPC© programs has been fully tested on.
Portable PC’s using the Windows ME® operating platform have shown to be incompatible with the suite
of qMWDPC programs. Windows ME is intended for home internet users and not programs written for
data acquisition. GE Power Systems does not recommend or support using this platform for any of its
rig site programs.
Windows 2000® has been designed for high end computing routines, but has not been tested with the
suite of qMWDPC programs or WinSteer. Windows 2000 is a combination of Windows 98 and
Windows NT, with the majority of the technology coming from Windows NT. GE Power Systems
does not recommend or support using this platform for any of its rig site programs.
Please note that the business level PC’s must contain the 9-pin serial port needed for the qBus
connection to the PC, in addition to USB (Universal Serial Bus) ports. GE Power Systems
recommends using the standard 9-pin serial port, until more testing can be done on the USB ports
currently installed on PC’s.
GE Power Systems is in the process of doing extensive testing on several USB to serial interface
adapters. GE Power Systems will release the results and recommendations after extensive testing is
completed.
All business level portable PC’s are sold with options to use the operating platforms Windows 98® or
Windows NT® 4.0 or Windows 2000. The business level PC’s can be obtained from the web sites of
the major portable PC manufacturers.
Windows, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 2000 and Windows ME are all registered trademarks of Microsoft.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Connector Inserts, Pulser Oil Chamber 15-Nov-2000 67
Priority: Recipients: Tech Services:

HIGH All QDT MWD clients Kenneth Braud
Warranty Upgrade, Connector Inserts (Oil-Filled Assembly)
We have heard reports by our MWD customers about plastic softening and heat distortion problems
with the blue concentric connector inserts, P/N's 981077 AND 981330, which have been used in the
Oil-Filled Module of the Pulsers. This occurs at temperatures around 135 to 140 deg. C (275 to 284
deg. F). We have now qualified and implemented high-temperature replacement inserts, and can offer
upgrades to those who wish to do so. The new Part Number for the male assembly is 981598, and the
female is 981599. The cost is obviously higher, but we believe that the new parts are sufficiently robust
that they may never need replacing. The P/N 981598, the male, is priced at $ 950.00, and the P/N
981599, the female, is priced at $ 550.
Upgrades
It is recommended that the Pulsers be returned to Tensor for these upgrades. For customers who just
can't afford to have their Pulsers out of service for the time required to send them to Austin for the
upgrade, and whose maintenance technicians have some experience with high-temperature soldering,
we are willing to send the inserts to you. Of course, we cannot provide a warranty on your workmanship
in that case. We will be keeping a count of inserts per customer, to insure that the number of connector
inserts available at this special price matches the number of Pulsers owned by your company. For any
further orders of these parts, the list price will be charged.
Availability
These inserts are not yet available in large numbers, and we will not be able to immediately upgrade all
Pulsers. Because of supply limitations, please plan to upgrade your "fleet" over time, especially as you
have high-temperature needs, and coordinate the work with us! At the same time, we will limit the time
to accomplish these no-cost or special price upgrades to a period of one year, or through December 15,
2001. Thanks.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
QDT Electronic Flow Switch 07-May-2001 68

HIGH All QDT MWD clients Kenneth W. Braud
The Electronic Flow Switch, (Part # 384065), has undergone a revision change. The Pulser
Driver w/ EFS, 150°C, (Part # 981129), is now at Revision G. The Pulser Driver w/ EFS,
175°C, (Part # 981128), is now at Revision C. All other Pulser Drivers of previous part
numbers will require this EFS change.
It was determined that excessive noise on Line 7 to Ground would occasionally be recognized
incorrectly by the directional module as a “Flow On” condition. When the EFS board itself is
excited by flow, it outputs a steady 5 Volts. The directional module recognizes a “Flow On”
state when it observes a voltage of 2.5 Volts or greater. The faulty “Flow On” condition was the
result of noise on the flow line causing the directional module to see 2.5 volts with no flow. This
would appear to the operator as a tool that would not turn off when flow stopped.
To remedy the problem, a resistor value was changed from 47.5 K-Ohms to 10 K-Ohms. This
resistor change allows the “noise voltage” to decrease more rapidly. This rapid decrease in
“noise voltage” makes it much more unlikely that the directional module will recognize an
invalid flow state. Extensive testing has been performed and the results have been very good.
The change in resistor value is a simple change that should be incorporated as the operator is
able. This will be a no cost change and should take only a couple of days to complete.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
MWD Servo Poppet Assembly, Part Number 981348 07-May-2001 69

A new method of attaching the existing ceramic tip

(P/N 981347) to the support has been implemented. Crimped Tip
The new method uses a fixture to mechanically lock
the tip in place by crimping and replaces the previous
adhesive method. Testing has shown the new
attachment method to be superior to the original
design. No field failures have been reported to date.
Comparison tests between the old version and the

new crimped version were performed to validate the
superior assembly method of the crimped version.
The tip secured with the older adhesive method
detached from the support when a combination of
torque (in both directions) and tension was applied to the tips, using hand tools at ambient temperature.
The tips came loose with substantially less force in the 200°C test.
It is recommended that users test all tips in their inventory to ensure that a proper bond exists. Small
locking pliers can be used to secure the insert and apply torque. The locking pliers should not be
attached with excessive force to prevent damage to the ceramic insert. If the tip loosens in this
process, it should be returned for this retrofit.
It is estimated that this retrofit will take several working days to perform and will be done at no cost.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
MWD MWDRoll 32 Vb2.00e Software Update 09 August, 2001 70

MWDRoll32 Vb2.00e has been sent to all clients. This version will display the gamma values when the
gamma probe is connected to any directional module, including the new 3-bay system. After the
update is loaded onto the PC the following errors will occur if MWDRoll32 is started before Steps 4
through 8 are performed. Note: Performing this procedure more than once will not create any problems
with the computer or MWDRoll32.
"qMIX DDE INTERFACE FAILED TO INITIALIZE" and then

"UNABLE TO INITIALIZE DDE CONNECTION WITH SERVER"
Should this occur, then follow the instruction steps below to enable the program to run.
1. Insert the MWDRoll32 Vb2.00e floppy disk into an available floppy drive.
2. Run Setup.Exe, found on the floppy
3. Accept all defaults and press the Unzip button.
4. Open Explorer and navigate to C:\Program Files\AlliedSignal, Inc\Software for Drilling
Applications\MWDRoll32
5. Double click on qW32Srvr.Exe
6. After it has started, click on the qW32Srvr Task Bar icon
7. Press Stop qW32 Communications
8. Reply Yes to the Are you sure? box.
The qW32Srvr will now have its location registered in the Windows System Registry and
MWDRoll32 Vb2.00e will always be able to locate the qW32Srvr on all subsequent start-ups.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
MWD Pulser Driver, Part Numbers 981128,981129 November 12, 2001 72

Several Pulser Drivers were sold in early 2000 with what has been determined to be faulty capacitor
banks. All customer who purchased Pulsers, 981098, or the Pulser Drivers, 981128, 981129 during this
period are encouraged to determine if these capacitor banks were installed in their equipment.
The faulty capacitor banks can be identified by the markings on the downhole end of the driver. The
outer most flat end of the capacitor bulkhead contains a stamped identification number. The faulty
capacitors will be stamped with a series of numbers followed by the letter “M”. In some cases, another
number will follow the letter “M”.
Please return affected equipment for replacement.
Location of Capacitor
Bank Identification
Numbers
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
MWD Junction Box Assembly, Part No. 384034 December 3, 2001 73

Several Junction Box Assemblies sold prior to 1999 did not include the grounding conductor from the
cable shield to the assembly chassis. This has caused some surface equipment systems to experience
electrical interference along the communication lines. GE Power Systems advises any user who may
have some doubts about the condition of the assembly to simply remove the lid of the assembly by
unscrewing the four screws and gently lifting the lid off to inspect the connections. Inspect other
connections and the o-ring seal condition prior to replacing the lid and insure not to nick or sever the o-
ring seal.
All clients employing junction box assemblies without this grounding conductor can return the assembly
for service at a suitable time.
Mounting Bracket
Shield Common Point
Connect #22 AWG Wire

to exposed Shield area on
cable, and other end to
mounting bracket.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
MWD qMWDPC V01.30a Update Information – Data Limits December 5, 2001 74

A description of several new features of release V01.30a of qMWDPC/W32 was omitted from the
release notes included on the CD. These capabilities allow the user to control the amount and quality of
data stored in the archive database, thus reducing the effort and time required to produce a good log
plot with LogView™. The user can utilize these features by selecting Data Limits from the Setup on
the main menu.
Data Limits
Set Depth Update Interval - Use the Depth Update Interval to control how often depths are written to
the database. New depth records will be written only if the depth has changed by this amount since the
last depth record. This can greatly reduce the amount of data LogView™ will have to process.
Mark Multiple Gammas - Use the Mark Multiple Gamma control to automatically mark data points as
bad when they are at the same depth as a previous gamma. The point used for the plot can be
changed, i.e.; a different point may be selected, when preparing a plot using LogView™. This too can
reduce the amount of data LogView™ will have to process.
Limit Depth and Limit Gamma - Use the Limit controls to automatically mark data points as bad when
they are less than the specified minimum or greater than the specified maximum. This can be used for
out of range depth values, and/or out of range gamma values that increase the editing required to
produce a good log plot.
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
MWD Bulkhead Retainer-981505 & 981521 December 13, 2001 75

Revision C (and before) Bulkhead Retainers – Top (981505) and Bottom (981521) were made out of
brass and used two AS – 124 size o-rings, (P/N 381560). The upgrade of the part to 175°C required
changes to the inlet bevel size at the 10-pin connector insertion area and allowed upgrades in material
and elastomers to be made simultaneously.
Revision D Bulkhead Retainers – Top (981505) and Bottom (981521) are now being manufactured with
larger o-ring grooves and a different material. The material is a Beryllium-Copper (BeCu) Alloy and the
o-rings grooves are larger requiring a larger o-ring size, AS – 217-90D (P/N 381600). The Rev D
Bulkhead Retainers – Top (981505) and Bottom (981521) are labeled as indicated in Figure 1, below,
with the part number and revision number in the pot area where the securing screws are accessed.
Please make note during assembly.
Figure1: New Seals and Part Identification Location

g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
Tensor MWD Shaft, Spring, Pulser – PN 981141 Rev E June, 2002 77

HIGH All Tensor MWD Clients Kenneth Braud
The Spring Shaft Rev E has been shortened in length by an amount of 0.030” from Rev D. This cut
was done to accommodate a washer (washer, flat, #6 SS AN 960) of the same thickness. All spring
shafts ordered from now on will be the new length and a washer will be provided with the purchase of
this part.
The previous design of the Spring Shaft did not employ a washer to obtain the proper stack up of the
assembly. However, the ID of the center hole in the clapper (PN 981178) and the OD of the Spring
Shaft (PN 981141), did not provide an adequate load surface and a rounding of the shoulder on the
Spring Shaft would result during the operation of the pulser. This created a loose tolerance between
the parts and eventually caused pulser response delays. Evidence of this wear is evident on the top
shoulder of the Spring Shaft before Rev E, in the form of a rounding or mushrooming of the outer edges
of the Spring Shaft.
The washer is now employed between the top of the spring shaft and the bottom of the clapper (PN#
981178) to maximize the load surface area and the shaft was shortened to accommodate the new
stack up. The length of the Shaft, Spring, Pulser (PN 981141 Rev E) shoulder to shoulder is 11.120”.
The Rev E shaft is also anodized to reduce wear and friction and the color will be a noticeable
difference from previous revisions.
The washer must be AN 960 Aeronautics Specification to insure quality and uniform size and thickness.
They must be 18-8 SS that conform to AN chemical and physical specifications and meet FF-W-92 with
a Rockwell hardness of B70. The size is listed below:
Screw Size Dash No. ID OD Thickness

6 C6 0.149” 0.375” Min-Max
0.028 - 0.036”
All MWD pulsers sent in for repair or upgrades on various parts, new builds, and work in process (WIP)
will contain the Rev E Spring Shafts. All orders for new Spring Shafts by clients will be the new Rev E
and will have the required washer shipped with it.
Pictures shown on Next Page.

g GE Power Systems
Shaft, Spring,
Pulser – PN
981141 Rev E
Washer, flat,
#6 SS AN 960
g GE Power Systems
1840 Royston Lane
(512) 251-4131
(512) 252-6150
Technical Notice
Product: Subject: Date: Bulletin
No.
Tensor MWD Gamma Flexible Dynamic Sleeve December, 2002 78
Module Maintenance
All new or refurbished gamma modules bought from GE Power Systems now include a
patented Flexible Dynamic Sleeve (FDS), designed to improve gamma module performance
and survival under harsh downhole drilling conditions, specificly against shock and vibration.
The FDS surrounds and protects the module’s scintillation assembly by absorbing external
shock and maintaining a concentric position within the pressure housing. The relative
location of the FDS within Tensor’s Gamma Module is shown in Figure 1.
Power Assembly
Flexible Dynamic Sleeve

Scintillation Assembly
Snubber
3 Split Ring/O-Ring
Assemblies
Figure 1. Relative location of the FDS within the Tensor Gamma Module, shown without pressure housing
g GE Power Systems
Gamma Modules built or rebuilt by GE are 100% qualified on a vibration table in Tensor MWD
pressure housing. As such, the modules are ready for use and should not be removed from
the housing until maintenance is required. Please use the procedure provided below when
performing maintenance on Tensor Gamma Modules. GE Power Systems does not guarantee
optimal performance of its gamma module used with pressure housing not manufactured by
Tensor.
Installation Procedure
1. Anchor the housing in a retainer

or circular vice being careful not
to clamp in the threaded area.
Remove the gamma module from
the pressure housing by
unscrewing the intermodule end
as shown in Figure 2.
Figure 2. Remove intermodule end
2. Carefully pull the scintillation

assembly, using a constant force,
from the pressure housing as
shown in Figure 3.
Figure 3. Remove the scintillation assembly

from the pressure housing
g GE Power Systems
3. Once the scintillation assembly is out of the housing, note the use of the newer black split
rings. Split rings on older gamma modules were aluminum in color (see Figures 4 and 5).
These are not interchangeable and only black rings are to be used.
Figure 4. Older aluminum split ring Figure 5. Newer split ring assemblies
assemblies
4. Care should be exercised when

handling the FDS as edges can
be sharp. Install the FDS by
carefully opening one end and
sliding over the gamma
module. Continue opening the
sleeve and sliding it into place
until fully installed
(see Figure 6).
Figure 6. Install Flexible Dynamic Sleeve

over the gamma module
g GE Power Systems
5. Using a steady force, carefully

reinsert the gamma module into
the pressure housing. One hand
should hold the FDS from sliding
while the other pushes the module
in. Make sure the split ring
assemblies are not dislocated
(see Figure 7).
Figure 7 Reinsert the gamma module into the

pressure housing
6. Rotate and tighten the intermodule to the housing. Torque the connection to 65-lb/ft.
Complete assembly of the connector ends as usual.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Part number and description of replacement parts for the dynamic suspension system:
Piece Parts

980011 Flexible Dynamic Sleeve 1
980010 Split Ring (Pair) 3
981508 AS-218 O-Ring 3
Kit (includes all the above piece parts)

980030 Kit, Flexible Dynamic Sleeve 1
ENGINEERING DATE COMMERCIALIZATION DATE QUALITY ASSURANCE DATE APPROVAL DATE
Adam Rogers 11/6/02 C. Reed 11/6/02 H. Dunnington 11/6/02 S. Odom, Marcomm 11/4/02
TECH SERVICES DATE MANUFACTURING DATE LEGAL DATE APPROVAL DATE
Rich Clayton / Ken Braud 11//06/02 J. McCormick 11/6/02 K. Lublin 11/4/02
All Tensor MWD Clients All Steering Tool Clients O&G Steering Tool Clients HDD Steering Tool Clients Champ Tool Clients
X

MWD Maint Comp.

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MWD Maint Comp.

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

g GE Power Systems

THIS MANUAL CONTAINS PROPRIETARY

Section 01 Notes on Assembly

Section 02 Theory of Operations

Section 03 981133 Pulser Oil-Filled Assembly EFS

Section 04 981600 Battery Pack Assembly

Section 05 Directional Module Assembly

Section 07 Spearpoint – 981925

Section 08 MWD Pulser Setup and Tool Parameters

Section 09 Gamma Module – 981950

Section 11 Mule Shoe and Landing Subs

Section 12 Technical Notices

1840 Royston Lane

MWD Maintenance Manual

Notes on Assembly Procedures

1840 Royston Lane

NOTES ON ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

• All silicone oil extracted from a used pulser should

981106 O-ring, AS-012, Viton

981747 O-ring, AS-113, Viton, 70D

981007 O-ring, AS-127, Viton, 70D

981515 O-ring, AS-213, Viton

981008 O-ring, AS-233, Viton

981284 O-ring, AS-345, Viton

1840 Royston Lane

MWD Maintenance Manual

1840 Royston Lane

TENSOR MWD THEORY OF OPERATIONS

DOWNHOLE SENSOR/PROCESSOR MODULE:

Configurations are available with a downhole Recorder board and maximum

The electrical input voltage is 18 – 32 VDC, with an input power of <3-Watts

The calibrated pointing accuracy is ±0.10°, 3 sigma for the inclination

Refer to the qProg/11 section of the Maintenance manual or the Operations

PULSER OPERATION OVERVIEW:

FUTURE FORMATION EVALUATION MODULES

BOW SPRINGS FINNED CENTRALIZERS AND INTERMODULE

These modules serve five purposes.

1. To provide electrical wiring connections between Tensor MWD modules

MULESHOE/ MULESHOE SUB

The hookload sensor is a transducer affixed to the drilling rig’s hydraulic

The depth encoder attached to the Geolograph line measures the

The draw-works encoder is a depth-measuring device attached to the hub

The heave sensor is a depth-adjusting device that measures the

Drawing SY-100522-01D. The QDT surface system diagram.

1840 Royston Lane

MWD Maintenance Manual

MP-981133 Manufacturing Procedure

SOP-2024 Functional Test

Pulser Oil-Fill Fixture Color Diagram

981133-02 Rev A Assembly Drawing

981133 BOM (Bill of Materials)

REV. PREPARED BY APP./VERIFIED BY APPROVED BY APPROVED BY APPRVD/ACCPTD

N/A Date: Date: ENG. APPROVAL Q.A. APPROVAL Date:

This document describes satisfactory requirements to manufacture Pulser, Oilfilled

2.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

2.1 SOP-290.15.1 - Control of Nonconforming Product

3.1 Assembly Drawing: An engineering drawing with product specifications and

3.2 EFS: Electronic Flow Switch

3.3 MSDS: Material Safety Data Sheets.

3.4 NCR: A Non-Conformance Report used to process defective materials.

3.5 PPE: Personal Protective Equipment.

3.6 Quality Control (QC) Inspection: An inspection to be completed by a Quality

4.1 It is the responsibility of the Manufacturing Manager to assign individuals to the

4.1.1 It is the responsibility of the operator completing each process step to